1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
103 struct linespec_result *canonical,
104 enum bptype type_wanted);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
107 struct linespec_result *,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
118 struct program_space *search_pspace);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
122 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
124 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
127 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
128 const struct symtab_and_line *);
130 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
132 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
133 struct symtab_and_line,
135 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct breakpoint *
138 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
143 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
145 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
149 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
150 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
151 struct obj_section *, int);
153 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
154 struct bp_location *loc2);
156 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
157 const struct address_space *aspace,
160 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
161 const address_space *,
164 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
165 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
167 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
169 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
171 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
173 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
175 int *other_type_used);
177 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
180 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
181 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
182 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
184 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
186 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
187 insert locations now. */
188 enum ugll_insert_mode
190 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
191 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
192 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
193 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
194 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
195 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
196 returns true on them.
198 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
199 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
200 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
201 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
202 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
203 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
207 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
208 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
211 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
212 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
213 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
214 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
215 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
216 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
217 as no thread is running yet. */
221 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
223 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
225 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
227 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
229 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
231 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
233 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
235 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
237 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
240 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
243 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
244 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
245 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
247 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
250 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
253 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
255 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
257 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
258 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
260 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
261 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
263 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
264 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
265 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
266 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
267 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
268 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
270 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
271 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
272 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
273 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
279 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
281 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
283 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
284 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
286 static char *dprintf_function;
288 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
289 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
290 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
291 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
292 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
293 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
294 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
296 static char *dprintf_channel;
298 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
300 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
302 struct command_line *
303 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
305 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
308 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
309 current breakpoint. */
311 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
314 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
316 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
317 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
319 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
321 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
324 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
325 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
326 if such is available. */
327 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
330 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
331 struct cmd_list_element *c,
334 fprintf_filtered (file,
335 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
336 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
340 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
341 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
342 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
343 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
344 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
346 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
347 struct cmd_list_element *c,
350 fprintf_filtered (file,
351 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
352 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
356 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
357 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
358 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
359 use hardware breakpoints. */
360 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
362 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
363 struct cmd_list_element *c,
366 fprintf_filtered (file,
367 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
371 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
372 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
373 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
374 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
375 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
376 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
377 processing user input. */
378 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
381 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
382 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
384 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
388 /* See breakpoint.h. */
391 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
393 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
395 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
396 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
397 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
400 else if (target_has_execution)
402 struct thread_info *tp;
404 if (always_inserted_mode)
406 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
411 if (threads_are_executing ())
414 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
415 stopped, we still have events to process. */
416 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
418 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
424 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
426 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
427 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
428 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
430 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
431 condition_evaluation_auto,
432 condition_evaluation_host,
433 condition_evaluation_target,
437 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
438 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
440 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
441 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
442 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
444 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
445 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
446 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
450 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
452 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
454 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
455 return condition_evaluation_target;
457 return condition_evaluation_host;
463 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
466 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
468 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
471 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
475 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
477 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
479 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
482 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
483 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
485 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
486 static int overlay_events_enabled;
488 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
489 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
491 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
493 current breakpoint. */
495 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
497 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
498 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
499 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
502 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
503 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
504 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
506 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
507 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
508 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
511 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
512 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
513 to where the loop should start from.
514 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
515 appropriate location to start with. */
517 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
518 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
519 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
521 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
522 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
525 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
527 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
528 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
529 if (is_tracepoint (B))
531 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
533 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
535 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
537 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
539 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
541 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
543 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
544 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
545 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
546 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
547 an address you need to read. */
549 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
551 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
552 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
553 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
554 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
555 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
557 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
559 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
560 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
561 reported by a target. */
562 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
564 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
566 static int breakpoint_count;
568 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
569 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
570 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
571 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
572 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
574 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
576 static int tracepoint_count;
578 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
580 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
582 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
585 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
588 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
592 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
599 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
601 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
603 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
606 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
609 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
611 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
612 breakpoint_count = num;
613 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
616 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
617 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
618 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
620 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
623 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
625 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
631 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
633 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
639 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
641 struct breakpoint *b;
648 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
649 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
652 get_breakpoint (int num)
654 struct breakpoint *b;
657 if (b->number == num)
665 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
666 evaluating conditions on its side. */
669 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
671 struct bp_location *loc;
673 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
674 evaluating conditions and if the user has
675 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
677 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
678 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
681 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
684 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
685 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
688 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
689 evaluating conditions on its side. */
692 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
694 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
695 evaluating conditions and if the user has
696 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
698 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
699 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
703 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
706 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
709 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
710 condition_evaluation_mode. */
713 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
714 struct cmd_list_element *c)
716 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
718 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
719 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
721 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
722 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
723 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
727 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
728 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
730 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
731 settings was "auto". */
732 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
734 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
735 if (new_mode != old_mode)
737 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
738 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
739 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
741 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
742 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
745 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
747 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
749 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
750 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
754 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
755 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
756 target knows about. */
757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
758 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
759 loc->needs_update = 1;
763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
769 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
770 what "auto" is translating to. */
773 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
774 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
776 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
777 fprintf_filtered (file,
778 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
779 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
781 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
783 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
787 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
788 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
789 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
792 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
794 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
795 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
797 if (a->address == b->address)
800 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
803 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
804 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
805 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
808 static struct bp_location **
809 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
811 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
812 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
815 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
816 dummy_loc.address = address;
818 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
819 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
820 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
821 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
822 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
824 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
825 if (locp_found == NULL)
828 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
829 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
830 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
831 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
838 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
841 xfree (b->cond_string);
842 b->cond_string = NULL;
844 if (is_watchpoint (b))
846 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
848 w->cond_exp.reset ();
852 struct bp_location *loc;
854 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
858 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
859 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
860 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
867 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
871 const char *arg = exp;
873 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
874 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
875 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
876 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
878 if (is_watchpoint (b))
880 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
882 innermost_block = NULL;
884 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
886 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
887 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
891 struct bp_location *loc;
893 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
897 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
898 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
900 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
904 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
906 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
909 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
912 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
913 completion_tracker &tracker,
914 const char *text, const char *word)
918 text = skip_spaces (text);
919 space = skip_to_space (text);
923 struct breakpoint *b;
924 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1014 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1042 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1043 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1050 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1068 b = new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1070 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b = new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1083 struct command_line *commands)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1088 struct command_line *c;
1089 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1108 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1110 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1128 struct command_line *c2;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1131 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1132 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1134 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1151 struct breakpoint *b;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1153 struct bp_location *loc;
1156 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1159 if (loc->address == addr)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1171 command_line_up &&commands)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1175 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1176 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1186 int old_silent = b->silent;
1189 if (old_silent != silent)
1190 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1199 int old_thread = b->thread;
1202 if (old_thread != thread)
1203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1212 int old_task = b->task;
1215 if (old_task != task)
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1222 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1224 validate_actionline (line, b);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1229 struct command_line *control)
1231 counted_command_line cmd;
1233 std::string new_arg;
1235 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1237 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1238 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1241 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1242 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1250 if (control != NULL)
1251 cmd = copy_command_lines (control->body_list[0]);
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd = read_command_lines (&str[0],
1262 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b->commands != cmd)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1273 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1278 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1282 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1284 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1287 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1288 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1290 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1291 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1292 enum command_control_type
1293 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1295 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1296 return simple_control;
1299 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1302 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1304 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1308 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1309 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1314 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1315 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1318 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1319 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1320 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1323 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1324 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1325 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1326 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1327 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1329 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1330 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1334 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1335 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1337 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1341 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1343 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1344 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1346 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1353 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1355 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1360 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1361 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1363 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1364 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1365 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1369 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1371 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1372 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1375 if (readbuf != NULL)
1377 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1378 shadow_contents buffer. */
1379 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1380 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1381 + target_info->shadow_len));
1383 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1385 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1386 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1390 const unsigned char *bp;
1391 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1394 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1395 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1396 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1398 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1400 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1402 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1403 breakpoint's INSN. */
1404 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1408 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1409 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1411 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1412 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1413 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1415 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1416 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1417 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1418 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1419 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1420 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1421 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1422 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1424 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1427 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1428 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1429 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1431 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1433 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1435 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1436 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1437 report higher one. */
1440 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1441 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1443 struct bp_location *bl;
1445 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1446 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1448 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1449 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1450 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1451 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1453 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1454 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1455 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1457 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1466 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1467 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1468 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1469 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1470 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1473 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1475 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1476 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1477 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1480 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1483 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1487 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1489 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1490 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1491 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1494 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1497 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1498 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1499 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1502 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1505 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1506 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1512 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1516 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1518 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1519 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1520 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1523 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1526 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1528 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1529 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1530 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1533 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1537 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1539 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1540 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1543 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1544 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1545 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1546 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1547 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1548 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1549 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1550 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1553 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1555 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1556 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1557 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1558 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1561 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1562 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1565 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1567 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1569 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1570 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1571 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1572 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1573 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1575 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1578 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1581 static struct value *
1582 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1584 struct value *bit_val;
1589 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1591 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1594 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1601 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1602 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1603 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1604 to be able to report stops. */
1607 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1608 struct program_space *pspace)
1610 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1612 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1613 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1614 b->loc->address = -1;
1615 b->loc->length = -1;
1618 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1619 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1622 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1624 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1626 && b->loc->next == NULL
1627 && b->loc->address == -1
1628 && b->loc->length == -1);
1631 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1632 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1633 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1634 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1636 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1638 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1639 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1642 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1643 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1644 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1645 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1646 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1647 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1648 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1649 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1651 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1652 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1653 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1654 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1655 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1656 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1657 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1658 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1661 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1662 hardware watchpoints:
1664 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1665 called several times when GDB stops.
1668 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1669 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1670 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1671 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1672 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1673 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1674 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1675 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1676 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1677 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1678 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1680 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1681 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1684 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1686 int within_current_scope;
1687 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1690 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1691 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1692 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1693 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1696 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1701 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1702 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1703 within_current_scope = 1;
1706 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1707 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1708 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1710 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1711 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1712 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1713 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1714 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1717 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1718 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1719 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1720 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1723 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1725 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1726 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1727 if (within_current_scope)
1731 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1732 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1733 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1736 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1741 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1742 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1743 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1744 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1745 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1746 be completely different objects. */
1747 value_free (b->val);
1751 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1752 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1753 locations (re)created below. */
1754 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1756 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1759 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1763 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1764 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1765 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1766 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1767 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1768 if (!target_has_execution)
1770 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1771 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1772 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1773 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1775 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1776 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1778 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1779 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1782 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1785 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1786 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1788 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1790 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1791 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1792 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1793 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1794 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1796 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1798 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1800 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1808 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1810 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1811 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1813 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1814 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1815 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1816 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1817 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1818 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1819 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1821 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1823 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1824 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1825 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1827 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1828 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1831 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1832 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1833 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1835 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1837 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1839 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1840 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1842 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1844 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1845 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1846 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1847 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1848 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1851 addr = value_address (v);
1854 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1859 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1861 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1864 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1865 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1868 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1870 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1871 loc->address = addr;
1875 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1876 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1879 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1881 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1886 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1887 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1888 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1893 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1894 struct bp_location *bl;
1896 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1900 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1903 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1904 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1905 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1907 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1908 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1909 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1910 this watchpoint in as well. */
1912 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1913 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1914 hardware watchpoint type. */
1916 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1917 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1919 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1920 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1921 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1922 through watch_command), so always account for it
1925 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1926 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1928 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1929 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1932 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1933 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1935 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1937 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1938 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1939 "hardware watchpoint."));
1940 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1941 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1942 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1944 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1945 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1949 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1950 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1951 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1956 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1958 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1959 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1960 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1962 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1963 "read/access watchpoint."));
1966 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1968 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1969 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1970 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1971 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1974 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1976 next = value_next (v);
1981 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1982 above left it without any location set up. But,
1983 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1984 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1985 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1986 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1988 else if (!within_current_scope)
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2011 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2014 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2017 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2034 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2035 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2036 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2038 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2039 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2040 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2042 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2043 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2044 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2045 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2046 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2047 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2048 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2049 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2050 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2055 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2056 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2057 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2062 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2063 instruction that triggered one. */
2064 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2065 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2069 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2070 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2071 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2072 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2081 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2082 that the location is not duplicated. */
2085 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2088 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2091 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2092 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2096 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2097 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2098 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2099 any error during parsing. */
2101 static agent_expr_up
2102 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2107 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2109 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2110 that may show up. */
2113 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2116 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2118 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2119 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2120 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2124 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2128 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2129 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2130 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2131 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2132 one of them is true. */
2135 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2137 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2138 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2139 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2140 struct bp_location *loc;
2142 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2143 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2145 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2146 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2147 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2149 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2150 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2153 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2154 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2155 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2156 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2157 response back to GDB. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2165 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2166 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2167 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2168 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2169 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2173 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2174 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2175 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2177 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2183 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2184 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2185 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2187 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2188 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2189 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2191 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2194 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2196 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2198 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2201 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2206 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2207 for this location's address. */
2208 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2212 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2213 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2214 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2217 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2218 to send the conditions to the target. */
2219 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2226 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2227 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2228 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2230 static agent_expr_up
2231 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2233 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2234 struct expression **argvec;
2235 const char *cmdrest;
2236 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2237 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2239 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2246 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2248 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2250 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2251 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2253 format_start = cmdrest;
2255 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2257 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2259 format_end = cmdrest;
2261 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2262 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2264 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2266 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2267 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2269 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2271 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2273 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2275 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2276 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2279 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2284 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2285 argvec[nargs++] = expr.release ();
2287 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2291 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2293 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2294 that may show up. */
2297 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2298 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2299 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2301 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2303 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2304 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2305 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2309 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2311 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2315 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2316 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2317 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2320 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2322 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2323 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2324 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2325 struct bp_location *loc;
2327 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2328 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2330 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2333 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2334 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2337 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2338 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2339 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2344 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2345 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2346 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2350 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2351 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2352 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2353 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2354 response back to GDB. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2358 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2362 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2363 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2364 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2365 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2367 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2368 loc->owner->extra_string);
2371 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2372 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2373 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2375 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2381 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2383 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2388 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2389 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2391 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2393 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2396 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2401 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2402 for this location's address. */
2403 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2406 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2407 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2408 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2409 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2412 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2413 to send the commands to the target. */
2414 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2418 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2419 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2420 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2421 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2424 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2425 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2426 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2430 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2432 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2434 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2435 struct regcache *regcache;
2437 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr->ptid);
2439 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2443 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2446 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2447 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2448 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2449 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2452 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2453 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2455 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2456 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2457 int *disabled_breaks,
2458 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2459 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2461 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2463 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2466 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2467 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2468 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2469 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2470 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2471 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2472 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2473 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2474 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2475 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2476 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2477 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2479 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2480 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2481 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2482 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2484 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2486 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2487 build_target_command_list (bl);
2488 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2489 bl->needs_update = 0;
2492 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2493 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2495 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2497 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2498 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2499 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2501 Two important cases are:
2502 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2503 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2504 hardware breakpoint.
2505 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2506 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2507 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2510 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2511 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2512 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2513 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2515 struct mem_region *mr
2516 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2520 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2522 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2524 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2525 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2527 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2529 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2531 static int said = 0;
2533 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2536 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2537 _("Note: automatically using "
2538 "hardware breakpoints for "
2539 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2544 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2545 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2547 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2548 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2549 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2550 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2552 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2558 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2559 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2560 || bl->section == NULL
2561 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2563 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2568 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2570 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2572 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2580 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2581 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2582 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2584 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2585 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2586 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2587 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2588 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2592 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2594 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2595 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2596 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2598 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2603 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2604 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2605 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2606 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2610 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2612 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2618 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2619 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2620 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2621 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2625 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2626 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2628 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2633 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2635 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2637 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2645 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2646 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2651 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2653 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2655 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2656 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2657 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2658 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2659 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2660 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2661 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2662 errors as memory errors. */
2663 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2664 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2665 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2666 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2667 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2668 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2671 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2672 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2673 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2674 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2677 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2681 "library breakpoints:\n");
2683 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2690 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2692 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2693 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2695 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2697 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2698 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2699 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2704 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2707 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2708 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2711 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2713 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2733 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2734 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2735 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2736 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2740 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2741 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2747 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2749 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2756 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2761 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2762 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2769 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2770 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2773 /* Back to the original value. */
2774 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2778 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2785 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2786 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2788 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2791 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2795 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2796 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2798 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2801 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2803 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2804 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2805 so just return success. */
2812 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2813 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2817 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2819 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2820 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2822 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2825 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2826 delete_breakpoint (b);
2829 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2830 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2833 struct bp_location *tmp;
2835 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2837 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2838 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2839 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2841 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2842 if (tmp->next == loc)
2844 tmp->next = loc->next;
2850 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2851 removed locations above. */
2852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2855 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2856 Throws exception on any error.
2857 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2858 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2860 insert_breakpoints (void)
2862 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2869 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2872 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2873 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2874 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2878 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2881 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2883 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2885 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2887 callback (loc, NULL);
2891 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2892 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2893 always-inserted mode. */
2896 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2898 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2901 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2902 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2903 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2905 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2907 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2908 there was an error. */
2909 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2911 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2915 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2917 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2920 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2921 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2922 deletion of breakpoints. */
2923 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2926 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2928 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2929 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2930 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2931 insert breakpoints. */
2932 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2933 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2936 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2937 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2944 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2945 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2949 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2952 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2954 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2955 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2958 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2959 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2960 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2962 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2964 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2965 there was an error. */
2966 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2968 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2970 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2972 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2975 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2976 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2977 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2978 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2979 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2982 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2984 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2985 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2986 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2987 insert breakpoints. */
2988 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2989 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2992 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2993 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2998 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2999 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3002 int some_failed = 0;
3003 struct bp_location *loc;
3005 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3008 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3011 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3014 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3015 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3022 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3024 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3026 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3027 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3028 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3036 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3037 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3038 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3040 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3041 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3043 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3044 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3048 /* Used when the program stops.
3049 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3050 removing a breakpoint location. */
3053 remove_breakpoints (void)
3055 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3060 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3061 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3066 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3070 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3072 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3076 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3078 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3080 printf_filtered (_("\
3081 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3082 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3084 /* Hide it from the user. */
3090 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3093 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3095 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3097 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3101 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3104 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3106 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3114 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3116 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3117 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3118 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3119 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3120 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3121 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3123 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3126 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3129 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3130 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3134 static struct breakpoint *
3135 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3136 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3137 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3139 symtab_and_line sal;
3141 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3142 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3144 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3145 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3146 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3151 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3153 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3155 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3157 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3158 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3160 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3161 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3163 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3164 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3166 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3167 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3169 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3171 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3173 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3174 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3176 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3177 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3179 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3180 int exception_searched = 0;
3182 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3184 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3187 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3189 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3190 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3192 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3195 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3197 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3200 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3201 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3203 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3204 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3206 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3208 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3209 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3210 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3212 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3213 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3215 return bp_objfile_data;
3219 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3221 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3222 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3224 delete bp_objfile_data;
3228 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3230 struct objfile *objfile;
3231 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3233 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3238 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3240 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3242 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3245 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3247 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3249 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3250 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3252 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3253 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3256 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3259 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3260 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3262 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3263 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3264 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3265 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3267 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3269 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3270 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3274 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3275 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3281 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3283 struct program_space *pspace;
3285 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3287 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3289 struct objfile *objfile;
3291 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3293 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3296 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3297 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3299 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3301 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3303 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3305 std::vector<probe *> ret
3306 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3310 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3313 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3315 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3316 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3320 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3321 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3324 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3326 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3328 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3330 struct breakpoint *b;
3332 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3333 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3335 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3336 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3337 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3343 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3346 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3348 struct breakpoint *b;
3349 const char *func_name;
3351 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3353 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3356 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3357 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3359 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3361 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3362 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3364 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3365 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3368 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3371 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3372 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3373 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3374 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3375 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3376 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3377 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3383 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3385 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3387 struct program_space *pspace;
3388 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3390 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3392 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3394 struct objfile *objfile;
3397 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3401 struct breakpoint *b;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3403 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3405 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3407 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3410 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3412 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3414 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3415 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3416 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3418 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3419 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3422 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3425 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3426 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3427 bp_std_terminate_master,
3428 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3429 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3430 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3431 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3432 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3437 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3440 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3442 struct objfile *objfile;
3443 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3445 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3447 struct breakpoint *b;
3448 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3451 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3453 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3455 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3456 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3458 std::vector<probe *> ret
3459 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3463 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3466 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3468 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3469 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3473 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3474 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3477 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3479 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3481 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3483 struct breakpoint *b;
3485 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3486 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3487 bp_exception_master,
3488 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3489 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3490 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3496 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3498 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3501 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3503 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3505 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3507 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3508 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3510 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3514 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3517 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3518 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3520 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3521 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3522 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3523 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3524 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3525 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3529 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3532 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3534 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3538 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3540 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3541 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3543 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3544 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3545 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3546 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3547 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3548 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3549 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3550 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3551 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3552 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3553 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3557 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3560 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3561 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3563 delete_breakpoint (b);
3567 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3568 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3570 delete_breakpoint (b);
3574 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3575 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3576 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3577 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3578 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3580 delete_breakpoint (b);
3584 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3585 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3587 delete_breakpoint (b);
3591 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3592 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3594 delete_breakpoint (b);
3598 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3600 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3601 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3602 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3604 delete_breakpoint (b);
3608 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3610 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3611 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3612 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3613 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3617 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3618 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3619 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3620 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3621 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3622 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3624 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3625 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3626 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3627 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3628 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3629 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3630 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3632 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3633 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3634 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3635 let finish_command delete it.
3637 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3638 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3639 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3640 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3641 solib breakpoints.) */
3643 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3648 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3649 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3651 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3653 delete_breakpoint (b);
3660 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3662 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3664 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3665 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3667 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3668 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3670 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3671 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3674 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3677 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3678 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3679 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3680 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3681 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3682 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3683 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3687 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3693 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3694 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3695 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3696 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3697 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3700 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3704 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3705 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3707 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3708 This should not ever happen. */
3709 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3711 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3712 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3714 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3715 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3716 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3718 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3719 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3720 || bl->section == NULL
3721 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3723 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3725 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3726 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3727 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3728 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3729 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3730 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3731 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3732 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3733 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3734 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3735 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3736 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3737 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3738 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3739 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3740 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3741 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3742 they should always be removed. */
3743 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3744 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3745 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3748 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3752 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3753 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3754 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3756 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3757 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3759 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3760 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3761 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3762 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3763 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3765 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3766 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3769 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3770 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3773 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3774 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3775 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3776 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3778 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3779 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3780 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3781 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3782 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3783 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3789 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3794 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3795 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3796 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3797 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3798 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3799 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3800 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3801 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3802 always-inserted mode. */
3804 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3805 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3806 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3807 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3813 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3815 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3817 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3818 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3820 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3821 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3823 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3824 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3825 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3828 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3829 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3832 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3833 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3835 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3839 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3846 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3848 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3849 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3851 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3852 This should not ever happen. */
3853 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3855 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3857 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3859 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3862 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3865 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3867 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3870 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3874 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3875 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3877 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3880 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3881 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3882 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3887 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3889 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3890 struct bp_location *bl;
3892 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3894 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3896 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3899 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3903 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3909 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3911 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3912 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3915 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3917 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3919 case bp_shlib_event:
3921 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3922 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3923 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3924 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3925 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3927 (gdb) file prog-linux
3928 (gdb) run # native linux target
3931 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3932 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3935 case bp_step_resume:
3937 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3939 case bp_single_step:
3941 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3943 delete_breakpoint (b);
3947 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3948 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3949 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3951 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3953 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3954 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3955 delete_breakpoint (b);
3958 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3959 valid. New ones will be created in
3960 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3961 The next update_global_location_list call will
3962 garbage collect them. */
3965 if (context == inf_starting)
3967 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3968 insert_breakpoints. */
3970 value_free (w->val);
3982 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3983 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3984 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3985 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3988 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3989 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3990 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3991 match, not program space. */
3993 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3994 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3995 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3996 permanent breakpoint.
3997 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3998 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3999 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4000 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4001 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4003 enum breakpoint_here
4004 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4006 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4007 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4011 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4012 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4015 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4016 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4018 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4020 if (overlay_debugging
4021 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4022 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4023 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4024 else if (bl->permanent)
4025 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4027 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4031 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4034 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4037 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4038 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4040 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4044 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4045 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4048 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4050 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4053 if (overlay_debugging
4054 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4055 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4057 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4068 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4071 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4073 struct bp_location *loc;
4076 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4077 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4083 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4087 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4088 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4091 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4094 if (overlay_debugging
4095 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4096 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4097 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4104 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4107 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4109 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4113 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4115 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4116 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4119 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4125 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4129 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4132 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4134 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4136 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4138 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4141 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4148 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4151 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4154 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4156 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4158 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4160 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4163 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4171 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4172 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4174 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4178 struct bp_location *loc;
4180 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4181 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4184 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4187 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4188 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4192 /* Check for intersection. */
4193 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4194 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4203 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4207 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4209 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4212 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4215 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4217 if (old_val != NULL)
4218 value_free (old_val);
4219 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4220 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4223 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4224 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4227 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4244 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4246 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4247 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4248 commands (other.commands),
4249 old_val (other.old_val),
4250 print (other.print),
4252 print_it (other.print_it)
4254 if (old_val != NULL)
4256 old_val = value_copy (old_val);
4257 release_value (old_val);
4259 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4262 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4263 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4266 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4270 bpstat retval = NULL;
4275 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4277 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4280 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4290 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4293 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4298 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4300 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4306 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4309 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4311 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4313 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4315 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4317 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4322 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4331 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4332 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4333 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4334 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4336 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4337 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4339 Return 1 otherwise. */
4342 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4344 struct breakpoint *b;
4347 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4349 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4350 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4351 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4352 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4353 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4355 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4357 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4361 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4364 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4366 struct thread_info *tp;
4369 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4372 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4376 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4378 bs->commands = NULL;
4380 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4382 value_free (bs->old_val);
4388 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4391 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4393 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4395 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4397 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4398 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4399 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4400 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4401 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4405 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4408 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4409 or its equivalent. */
4412 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4414 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4417 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4418 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4419 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4420 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4422 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4423 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4424 bpstat of the current thread. */
4427 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4432 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4434 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4437 scoped_restore save_executing
4438 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4440 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4442 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4445 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4446 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4448 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4450 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4452 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4453 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4454 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4455 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4456 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4457 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4458 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4459 the tree when we're done. */
4460 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4461 bs->commands = NULL;
4464 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4466 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4472 execute_control_command (cmd);
4474 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4480 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4482 if (current_ui->async)
4483 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4484 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4485 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4488 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4489 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4490 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4491 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4492 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4493 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4494 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4495 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4496 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4497 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4498 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4499 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4500 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4509 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4511 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4513 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4514 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4515 && target_has_execution
4516 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4517 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4518 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4519 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4520 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4521 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4522 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4525 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4528 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4531 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4534 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4537 struct value_print_options opts;
4538 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4539 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4543 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4544 debugging multiple threads. */
4547 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4549 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4554 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4557 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4559 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4560 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4562 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4565 uiout->text (" \"");
4566 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4570 uiout->text (" hit ");
4574 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4575 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4576 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4577 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4580 static enum print_stop_action
4581 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4583 switch (bs->print_it)
4586 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4587 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4591 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4592 relevant messages. */
4593 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4596 case print_it_normal:
4598 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4600 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4601 which has since been deleted. */
4603 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4605 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4606 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4611 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4612 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4617 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4620 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4623 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4625 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4629 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4630 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4632 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4633 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4636 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4637 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4638 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4645 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4646 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4648 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4653 current_uiout->text (" ");
4654 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4655 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4661 struct so_list *iter;
4664 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4665 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4667 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4672 current_uiout->text (" ");
4673 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4674 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4679 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4680 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4681 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4682 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4683 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4684 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4685 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4688 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4689 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4690 code to print the location. An example is
4691 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4693 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4694 to also print the location part of the message.
4695 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4696 don't require a location appended to the end.
4697 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4698 further info to be printed. */
4700 enum print_stop_action
4701 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4703 enum print_stop_action val;
4705 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4706 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4707 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4708 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4709 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4711 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4712 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4713 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4714 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4718 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4719 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4720 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4721 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4723 print_solib_event (0);
4724 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4727 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4728 with and nothing was printed. */
4729 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4732 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4735 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4737 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4738 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4740 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4744 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4746 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4748 bp_location_at (bl),
4749 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4754 print_it (print_it_normal)
4756 incref_bp_location (bl);
4757 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4758 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4763 bp_location_at (NULL),
4764 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4769 print_it (print_it_normal)
4773 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4774 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4777 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4779 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4781 struct breakpoint *b;
4783 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4785 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4786 as not triggered. */
4788 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4790 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4792 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4798 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4800 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4801 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4803 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4805 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4807 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4813 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4814 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4818 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4820 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4821 struct bp_location *loc;
4823 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4826 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4828 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4829 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4831 if (newaddr == start)
4833 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4837 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4838 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4842 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4851 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4852 enum wp_check_result
4854 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4857 /* The value has changed. */
4858 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4860 /* The value has not changed. */
4861 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4863 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4867 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4868 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4870 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4873 static wp_check_result
4874 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4876 struct watchpoint *b;
4877 struct frame_info *fr;
4878 int within_current_scope;
4880 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4881 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4882 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4884 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4885 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4886 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4887 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4890 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4891 within_current_scope = 1;
4894 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4895 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4896 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4898 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4899 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4900 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4901 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4902 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4903 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4904 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4905 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4906 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4907 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4910 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4911 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4913 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4914 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4915 if (within_current_scope)
4917 struct symbol *function;
4919 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4920 if (function == NULL
4921 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4922 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4923 within_current_scope = 0;
4926 if (within_current_scope)
4927 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4928 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4933 if (within_current_scope)
4935 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4936 time before we return to the command level and call
4937 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4938 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4942 struct value *new_val;
4944 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4945 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4946 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4947 a mask watchpoint. */
4948 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4950 mark = value_mark ();
4951 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4953 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4954 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4956 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4957 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4958 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4959 not what we want. */
4960 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4961 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4963 if (new_val != NULL)
4965 release_value (new_val);
4966 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4968 bs->old_val = b->val;
4971 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4975 /* Nothing changed. */
4976 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4977 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4982 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4983 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4984 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4985 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4986 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4987 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4988 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4989 the first value assigned). */
4990 /* We print all the stop information in
4991 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4992 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4993 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4996 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4998 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5000 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5002 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5003 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5004 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
5005 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5006 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5009 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5011 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5017 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5018 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5019 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5022 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5023 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5024 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5026 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5028 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5029 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5031 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5034 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5035 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5038 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5040 const struct bp_location *bl;
5041 struct watchpoint *b;
5043 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5044 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5045 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5046 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5047 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5050 int must_check_value = 0;
5052 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5053 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5055 must_check_value = 1;
5056 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5057 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5058 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5060 must_check_value = 1;
5061 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5062 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5063 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5064 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5065 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5066 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5067 must_check_value = 1;
5069 if (must_check_value)
5075 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5077 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5079 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5080 "Error evaluating expression "
5081 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5084 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5086 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5089 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5097 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5098 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5102 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5105 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5106 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5108 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5110 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5111 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5112 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5113 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5114 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5115 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5116 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5119 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5120 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5123 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5124 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5125 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5126 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5128 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5129 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5130 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5133 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5134 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5135 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5136 changes. This still gives false positives when
5137 the program writes the same value to memory as
5138 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5139 it for a read), but it's much better than
5142 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5144 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5146 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5149 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5150 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5152 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5153 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5155 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5156 == watch_triggered_yes)
5158 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5164 if (other_write_watchpoint
5165 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5167 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5168 and the value changed since the last time we
5169 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5171 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5176 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5177 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5178 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5180 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5181 the value hasn't changed. */
5182 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5192 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5194 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5195 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5196 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5197 anything for this watchpoint. */
5198 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5204 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5205 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5206 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5207 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5210 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5212 const struct bp_location *bl;
5213 struct breakpoint *b;
5215 bool condition_result = true;
5216 struct expression *cond;
5218 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5220 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5221 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5222 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5223 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5224 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5226 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5227 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5228 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5230 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5231 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5237 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5238 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5240 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5241 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5248 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5250 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5252 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5254 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5256 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5259 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5261 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5263 int within_current_scope = 1;
5264 struct watchpoint * w;
5266 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5267 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5268 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5269 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5271 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5273 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5274 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5278 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5279 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5280 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5281 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5282 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5284 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5285 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5288 struct frame_info *frame;
5290 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5291 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5292 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5293 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5294 really matter which instantiation of the function
5295 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5296 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5297 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5298 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5299 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5300 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5301 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5302 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5304 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5306 select_frame (frame);
5308 within_current_scope = 0;
5310 if (within_current_scope)
5314 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5316 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5318 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5319 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5325 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5326 "in the current scope"));
5327 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5328 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5330 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5331 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5334 if (cond && !condition_result)
5338 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5342 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5344 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5348 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5349 on the current target. */
5352 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5354 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5355 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5356 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5357 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5361 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5362 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5364 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5365 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5368 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5370 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5372 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5373 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5374 several reasons concurrently.)
5376 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5377 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5380 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5381 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5382 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5384 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5385 struct bp_location *bl;
5386 struct bp_location *loc;
5387 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5388 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5389 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5392 int need_remove_insert;
5395 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5396 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5397 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5398 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5399 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5400 inferior function calls. */
5404 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5407 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5409 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5410 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5411 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5412 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5413 checked all locations already. */
5414 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5417 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5420 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5423 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5426 bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5429 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5430 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5431 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5435 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5436 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5437 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5439 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5441 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5443 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5448 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5449 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5450 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5452 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5454 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5455 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5457 bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5458 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5461 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5466 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5467 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5468 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5470 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5472 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5474 handle_solib_event ();
5479 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5480 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5481 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5485 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5490 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5491 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5494 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5499 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5501 /* We will stop here. */
5502 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5504 --(b->enable_count);
5505 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5506 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5511 bs->commands = b->commands;
5512 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5513 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5516 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5521 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5523 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5524 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5527 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5528 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5529 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5531 need_remove_insert = 0;
5532 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5533 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5535 && bs->breakpoint_at
5536 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5538 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5540 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5541 need_remove_insert = 1;
5544 if (need_remove_insert)
5545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5546 else if (removed_any)
5547 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5553 handle_jit_event (void)
5555 struct frame_info *frame;
5556 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5559 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5561 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5562 breakpoint_re_set. */
5563 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5565 frame = get_current_frame ();
5566 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5568 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5570 target_terminal::inferior ();
5573 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5575 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5578 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5580 struct bpstat_what retval;
5583 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5584 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5585 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5587 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5589 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5590 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5591 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5594 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5596 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5597 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5601 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5608 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5609 case bp_single_step:
5612 case bp_shlib_event:
5616 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5618 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5621 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5624 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5625 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5626 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5630 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5632 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5636 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5637 This requires no further action. */
5641 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5645 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5646 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5649 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5651 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5652 case bp_exception_resume:
5655 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5656 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5659 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5661 case bp_step_resume:
5663 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5666 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5667 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5670 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5672 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5675 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5676 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5679 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5680 case bp_thread_event:
5681 case bp_overlay_event:
5682 case bp_longjmp_master:
5683 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5684 case bp_exception_master:
5685 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5691 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5693 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5697 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5698 This requires no further action. */
5702 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5705 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5706 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5707 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5708 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5710 case bp_std_terminate:
5711 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5712 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5713 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5714 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5717 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5718 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5719 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5720 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5722 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5723 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5725 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5726 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5727 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5731 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5732 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5737 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5739 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5743 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5744 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5747 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5754 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5758 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5760 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5767 handle_jit_event ();
5769 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5770 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5772 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5773 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5779 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5780 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5781 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5784 bpstat_should_step (void)
5786 struct breakpoint *b;
5789 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5795 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5797 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5806 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5807 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5808 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5811 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5813 static char wrap_indent[80];
5814 int i, total_width, width, align;
5818 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5820 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5822 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5823 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5824 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5829 total_width += width + 1;
5835 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5836 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5838 "host": Host evals condition.
5839 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5840 "target": Target evals condition.
5844 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5846 struct bp_location *bl;
5847 char host_evals = 0;
5848 char target_evals = 0;
5853 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5856 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5857 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5858 return condition_evaluation_host;
5860 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5862 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5868 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5869 return condition_evaluation_both;
5870 else if (target_evals)
5871 return condition_evaluation_target;
5873 return condition_evaluation_host;
5876 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5877 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5880 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5882 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5885 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5886 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5887 return condition_evaluation_host;
5889 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5890 return condition_evaluation_target;
5892 return condition_evaluation_host;
5895 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5898 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5899 struct bp_location *loc)
5901 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5903 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5905 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5909 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5911 if (b->display_canonical)
5912 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5913 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5915 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5918 sym = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5922 uiout->text ("in ");
5923 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5925 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5926 uiout->text ("at ");
5928 uiout->field_string ("file",
5929 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5932 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5933 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5935 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5941 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5943 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5947 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5948 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5949 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5950 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5951 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5952 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5954 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5958 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5962 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5963 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5964 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5967 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5968 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5974 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5976 struct ep_type_description
5979 const char *description;
5981 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5983 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5984 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5985 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5986 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5987 {bp_until, "until"},
5988 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5989 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5990 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5991 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5992 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5993 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5994 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5995 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5996 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5997 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5998 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5999 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6000 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6001 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6002 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6003 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6004 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6005 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6006 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6007 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6008 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6009 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6010 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6011 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6012 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6013 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6014 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6015 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6016 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6019 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6020 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6021 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6022 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6025 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6028 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6029 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6032 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6033 const char *field_name,
6034 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
6037 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
6039 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6040 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6041 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6044 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
6046 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
6052 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
6053 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6058 uiout->text (" inf ");
6062 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6067 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6070 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6071 struct bp_location *loc,
6073 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6076 struct command_line *l;
6077 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6079 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6080 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6081 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6082 struct value_print_options opts;
6084 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6086 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6087 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6088 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6091 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6092 header_of_multiple = 1;
6100 if (part_of_multiple)
6103 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6104 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6109 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6114 if (part_of_multiple)
6115 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6117 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6121 if (part_of_multiple)
6122 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6124 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6129 if (part_of_multiple)
6130 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6132 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6137 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6139 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6140 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6141 make sure there's just one location. */
6142 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6143 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6149 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6150 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6154 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6155 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6156 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6158 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6160 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6161 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6162 is relatively readable). */
6163 if (opts.addressprint)
6164 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6166 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6171 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6172 case bp_single_step:
6176 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6177 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6179 case bp_exception_resume:
6180 case bp_step_resume:
6181 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6182 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6184 case bp_std_terminate:
6185 case bp_shlib_event:
6186 case bp_thread_event:
6187 case bp_overlay_event:
6188 case bp_longjmp_master:
6189 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6190 case bp_exception_master:
6192 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6193 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6196 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6197 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6198 if (opts.addressprint)
6201 if (header_of_multiple)
6202 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6203 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6204 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6206 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6207 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6210 if (!header_of_multiple)
6211 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6218 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6220 struct inferior *inf;
6221 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6226 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6227 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6230 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6231 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6233 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6234 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6235 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6236 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6237 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6238 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6240 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6243 if (!part_of_multiple)
6245 if (b->thread != -1)
6247 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6248 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6249 uiout->text (" thread ");
6250 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6252 else if (b->task != 0)
6254 uiout->text (" task ");
6255 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6261 if (!part_of_multiple)
6262 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6264 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6267 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6268 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6270 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6271 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6275 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6278 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6279 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6281 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6282 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6284 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6285 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6286 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6287 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6288 == condition_evaluation_target)
6291 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6292 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6293 uiout->text (" evals)");
6298 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6300 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6301 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6302 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6303 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6306 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6308 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6313 if (!part_of_multiple)
6317 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6318 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6319 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6320 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6321 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6323 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6324 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6325 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6326 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6327 uiout->text (" time\n");
6329 uiout->text (" times\n");
6333 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6334 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6335 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6339 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6342 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6343 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6344 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6347 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6348 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6349 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6350 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6353 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6354 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6355 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6356 if (b->ignore_count)
6357 uiout->text ("additional ");
6359 uiout->text ("next ");
6360 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6361 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6364 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6366 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6368 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6370 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6371 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6372 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6376 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6377 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6380 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6381 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6384 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6386 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6388 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6390 annotate_field (10);
6391 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6392 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6393 uiout->text (" \n");
6396 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6398 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6400 annotate_field (11);
6402 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6403 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6404 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6410 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6411 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6416 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6418 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6422 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6424 else if (b->location != NULL
6425 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6426 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6427 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6432 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6433 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6436 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6439 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "bkpt");
6441 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6444 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6445 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6446 locations, if any. */
6447 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6449 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6450 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6451 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6454 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6455 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6457 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6458 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6460 struct bp_location *loc;
6463 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6465 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6466 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6473 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6475 int print_address_bits = 0;
6476 struct bp_location *loc;
6478 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6479 address to print. */
6480 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6483 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6487 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6488 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6489 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6492 return print_address_bits;
6495 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6498 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6500 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6501 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6504 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6505 internal or momentary. */
6508 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6510 return b->number > 0;
6513 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6516 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6518 return b->loc == NULL;
6521 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6522 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6523 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6524 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6525 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6526 breakpoints listed. */
6529 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6530 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6532 struct breakpoint *b;
6533 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6534 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6535 struct value_print_options opts;
6536 int print_address_bits = 0;
6537 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6538 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6540 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6542 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6543 required for address fields. */
6544 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6547 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6548 if (filter && !filter (b))
6551 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6552 accept. Skip the others. */
6553 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6555 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6557 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6561 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6563 int addr_bit, type_len;
6565 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6566 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6567 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6569 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6570 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6571 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6573 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6578 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6579 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6580 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6583 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6584 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6587 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6588 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6590 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6591 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6593 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6594 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6596 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6597 if (opts.addressprint)
6599 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6601 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6602 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6604 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6606 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6608 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6609 uiout->table_body ();
6610 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6611 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6616 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6617 if (filter && !filter (b))
6620 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6621 accept. Skip the others. */
6623 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6625 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6627 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6630 else /* all others */
6632 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6636 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6638 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6639 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6643 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6645 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6649 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6650 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6652 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6658 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6659 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6662 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6663 there have been breakpoints? */
6664 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6666 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6669 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6670 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6673 default_collect_info (void)
6675 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6677 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6678 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6680 if (!*default_collect)
6683 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6685 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6686 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6687 uiout->text (" \n");
6691 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6693 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6695 default_collect_info ();
6699 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6701 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6702 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6704 if (num_printed == 0)
6706 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6707 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6709 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6714 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6716 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6718 default_collect_info ();
6722 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6723 struct program_space *pspace,
6724 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6726 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6728 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6730 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6731 && bl->address == pc
6732 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6738 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6739 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6743 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6744 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6745 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6748 struct breakpoint *b;
6751 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6752 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6756 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6757 else /* if (others == ???) */
6758 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6760 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6763 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6764 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6765 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6766 else if (b->thread != -1)
6767 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6768 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6769 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6770 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6774 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6776 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6777 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6778 printf_filtered (".\n");
6783 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6784 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6785 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6786 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6788 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6789 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6790 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6791 breakpoint location at address zero:
6799 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6801 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6803 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6806 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6807 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6810 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6811 struct bp_location *loc2)
6813 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6814 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6816 /* Both of them must exist. */
6817 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6818 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6820 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6821 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6822 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6823 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6824 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6825 other watchpoint. */
6827 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6829 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6830 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6832 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6834 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6835 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6838 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6839 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6840 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6841 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6842 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6843 become hw_access locations later. */
6844 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6845 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6846 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6847 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6850 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6853 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6854 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6856 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6857 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6861 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6862 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6863 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6864 space doesn't really matter. */
6867 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6869 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6872 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6873 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6874 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6877 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6878 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6879 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6880 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6883 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6884 const address_space *aspace,
6887 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6890 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6891 bl->address, bl->length,
6895 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6896 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6897 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6898 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6899 doesn't really matter. */
6902 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6903 const address_space *aspace,
6904 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6906 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6907 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6909 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6911 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6917 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6918 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6919 true, otherwise returns false. */
6922 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6923 struct bp_location *loc2)
6925 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6926 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6927 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6928 different locations. */
6929 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6934 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6935 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6936 represent the same location. */
6939 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6940 struct bp_location *loc2)
6942 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6944 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6945 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6946 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6948 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6949 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6951 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6954 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6955 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6956 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6958 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6959 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6960 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6961 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6965 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6966 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6968 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6969 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6973 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6974 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6976 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6977 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6979 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6982 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6983 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6984 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6985 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6988 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6989 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6991 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6993 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6996 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6997 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6998 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6999 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7000 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7002 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7003 have their addresses modified. */
7006 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7008 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7009 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7010 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7011 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7012 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7013 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7018 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7020 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7021 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7022 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7024 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7025 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7027 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7028 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7030 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7034 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops *ops, breakpoint *owner)
7036 bp_location *loc = this;
7038 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7042 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7043 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7046 switch (owner->type)
7049 case bp_single_step:
7053 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7054 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7056 case bp_exception_resume:
7057 case bp_step_resume:
7058 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7059 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7061 case bp_std_terminate:
7062 case bp_shlib_event:
7063 case bp_thread_event:
7064 case bp_overlay_event:
7066 case bp_longjmp_master:
7067 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7068 case bp_exception_master:
7069 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7070 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7072 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7073 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7075 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7076 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7077 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7079 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7080 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7081 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7082 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7087 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7088 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7089 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7092 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7098 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7100 static struct bp_location *
7101 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7103 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7107 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7109 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7113 /* Increment reference count. */
7116 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7121 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7122 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7125 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7127 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7129 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7130 free_bp_location (*blp);
7134 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7137 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7139 struct breakpoint *b1;
7140 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7142 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7143 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7145 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7147 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7152 b1->next = b.release ();
7158 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7162 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7164 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7166 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7170 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7171 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7172 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7173 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7176 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7177 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7179 static struct breakpoint *
7180 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7182 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7184 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7186 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7187 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7190 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7191 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7195 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7197 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7199 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7200 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7201 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7204 const char *function_name;
7205 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7207 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7208 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7210 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7212 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7214 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7215 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7216 &loc->requested_address))
7218 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7219 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7220 loc->requested_address,
7223 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7224 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7226 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7227 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7228 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7229 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7231 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7236 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7240 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7242 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7245 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7247 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7252 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7253 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7254 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7256 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7257 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7258 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7261 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7262 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7263 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7265 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7267 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7269 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7270 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7272 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7273 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7275 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7276 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7279 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7280 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7281 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7282 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7283 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7284 is also returned as the value of this function.
7286 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7287 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7288 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7289 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7290 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7291 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7292 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7295 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7296 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7297 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7299 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7301 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7302 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7305 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7306 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7307 initiated the operation. */
7310 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7312 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7313 int thread = tp->global_num;
7315 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7316 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7317 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7318 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7320 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7321 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7322 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7324 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7325 struct breakpoint *clone;
7327 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7328 after their removal. */
7329 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7330 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7331 clone->thread = thread;
7334 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7337 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7339 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7341 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7344 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7346 if (b->thread == thread)
7347 delete_breakpoint (b);
7352 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7357 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7359 if (b->thread == thread)
7360 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7364 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7365 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7366 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7370 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7372 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7375 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7377 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7379 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7380 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7382 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7384 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7386 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7389 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7390 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7391 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7392 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7398 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7399 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7402 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7403 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7407 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7409 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7412 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7414 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7416 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7417 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7418 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7419 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7422 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7424 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7426 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7427 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7428 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7430 delete_breakpoint (b);
7435 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7437 struct breakpoint *b;
7440 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7442 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7444 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7449 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7451 struct breakpoint *b;
7454 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7456 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7457 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7458 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7462 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7463 master breakpoint. */
7465 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7467 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7469 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7470 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7471 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7473 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7474 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7478 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7480 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7482 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7485 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7486 delete_breakpoint (b);
7490 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7492 struct breakpoint *b;
7494 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7495 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7497 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7498 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7499 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7501 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7506 struct lang_and_radix
7512 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7515 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7517 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7518 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7521 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7524 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7526 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7529 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7530 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7531 delete_breakpoint (b);
7535 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7537 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7539 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7540 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7541 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7542 delete_breakpoint (b);
7545 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7548 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7550 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7553 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7554 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7555 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7558 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7559 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7560 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7562 static struct breakpoint *
7563 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7564 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7566 struct breakpoint *b;
7568 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7569 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7570 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7575 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7577 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7580 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7583 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7585 struct breakpoint *b;
7587 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7589 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7590 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7592 delete_breakpoint (b);
7598 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7599 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7602 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7604 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7606 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7608 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7609 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7611 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7612 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7613 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7614 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7615 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7616 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7617 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7618 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7619 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7620 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7621 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7622 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7625 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7630 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7631 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7632 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7635 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7637 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7638 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7640 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7642 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7643 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7645 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7646 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7647 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7648 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7649 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7650 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7651 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7652 || is_tracepoint (b))
7653 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7655 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7656 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7657 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7658 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7661 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7662 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7664 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7666 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7667 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7668 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7671 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7676 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7677 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7678 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7681 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7683 struct breakpoint *b;
7685 if (objfile == NULL)
7688 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7689 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7690 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7691 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7692 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7693 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7694 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7695 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7696 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7697 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7699 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7700 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7705 struct bp_location *loc;
7706 int bp_modified = 0;
7708 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7711 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7713 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7715 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7716 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7719 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7722 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7725 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7726 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7729 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7731 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7732 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7733 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7734 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7735 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7738 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7745 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7749 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7751 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7752 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7753 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7755 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7757 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7758 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7759 catchpoint has triggered. */
7760 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7763 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7767 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7769 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7772 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7776 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7778 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7781 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7785 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7786 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7787 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7789 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7791 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7794 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7798 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7801 static enum print_stop_action
7802 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7804 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7805 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7806 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7808 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7809 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7810 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7811 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7813 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7814 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7816 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7817 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7819 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7820 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7821 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7822 uiout->text ("), ");
7823 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7826 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7830 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7832 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7833 struct value_print_options opts;
7834 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7836 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7838 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7839 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7841 if (opts.addressprint)
7842 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7844 uiout->text ("fork");
7845 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7847 uiout->text (", process ");
7848 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7852 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7853 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7856 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7860 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7862 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7865 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7869 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7871 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7872 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7875 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7877 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7879 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7883 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7885 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7888 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7892 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7894 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7897 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7901 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7902 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7903 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7905 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7907 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7910 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7914 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7917 static enum print_stop_action
7918 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7920 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7921 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7922 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7924 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7925 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7926 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7927 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7929 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7930 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7932 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7933 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7935 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7936 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7937 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7938 uiout->text ("), ");
7939 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7942 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7946 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7948 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7949 struct value_print_options opts;
7950 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7952 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7953 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7954 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7956 if (opts.addressprint)
7957 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7959 uiout->text ("vfork");
7960 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7962 uiout->text (", process ");
7963 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7967 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7968 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7971 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7975 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7977 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7980 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7984 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7987 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7990 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7992 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7994 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7995 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7996 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7998 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8000 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
8002 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8003 unsigned char is_load;
8005 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8006 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8008 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
8011 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8013 xfree (this->regex);
8017 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8023 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8029 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8030 const address_space *aspace,
8032 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8034 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8035 struct breakpoint *other;
8037 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8042 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8044 if (other == bl->owner)
8047 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8050 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
8053 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8055 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8064 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8066 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8067 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8072 struct so_list *iter;
8075 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8080 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8089 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8094 || self->compiled->exec (iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8100 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8103 static enum print_stop_action
8104 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8106 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8107 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8109 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8110 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8111 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8112 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8114 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8115 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8117 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8118 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8119 print_solib_event (1);
8120 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8124 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8126 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8127 struct value_print_options opts;
8128 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8131 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8132 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8133 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8135 if (opts.addressprint)
8138 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8145 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8147 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8152 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8154 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8156 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8159 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8160 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8164 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8166 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8168 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8169 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8173 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8175 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8178 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8179 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8181 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8182 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8185 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8187 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8188 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8189 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8190 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8191 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8192 created in an enabled state. */
8195 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8197 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8201 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8203 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8207 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8208 _("Invalid regexp")));
8209 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8212 c->is_load = is_load;
8213 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8214 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8216 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8218 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8221 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8225 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8226 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8229 const int enabled = 1;
8231 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8233 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8237 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8238 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8240 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8244 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8245 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8247 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8250 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8251 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8252 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8253 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8256 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8257 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8258 const char *cond_string,
8259 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8261 symtab_and_line sal;
8262 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8264 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8266 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8267 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8271 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8273 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8274 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8275 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8276 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8279 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8282 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8286 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8287 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8288 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8290 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8292 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8294 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8296 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8299 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8301 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8302 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8303 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8305 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8307 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8309 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8310 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8312 char *exec_pathname;
8315 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8317 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8319 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8323 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8325 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8329 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8331 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8335 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8336 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8337 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8339 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8341 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8344 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8348 static enum print_stop_action
8349 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8351 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8352 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8353 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8355 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8356 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8357 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8358 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8360 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8361 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8363 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8364 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8366 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8367 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8368 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8369 uiout->text ("), ");
8371 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8375 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8377 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8378 struct value_print_options opts;
8379 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8381 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8383 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8384 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8385 is relatively readable). */
8386 if (opts.addressprint)
8387 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8389 uiout->text ("exec");
8390 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8392 uiout->text (", program \"");
8393 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8394 uiout->text ("\" ");
8397 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8398 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8402 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8404 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8407 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8411 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8414 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8417 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8420 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8423 struct breakpoint *b;
8424 struct bp_location *bl;
8428 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8429 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8431 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8433 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8440 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8444 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8447 struct bp_location *bl;
8449 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8452 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8454 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8456 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8462 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8463 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8464 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8465 types _not_ TYPE. */
8468 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8469 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8472 struct breakpoint *b;
8474 *other_type_used = 0;
8479 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8482 if (b->type == type)
8483 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8484 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8485 *other_type_used = 1;
8492 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8494 struct breakpoint *b;
8498 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8500 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8501 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8507 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8509 struct breakpoint *b;
8513 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8515 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8516 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8522 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8524 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8525 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8529 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8531 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8532 breakpoint_re_set ();
8535 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8538 static struct breakpoint *
8539 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8541 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8543 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8544 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8546 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8547 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8550 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8552 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8555 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8556 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8560 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8561 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8563 struct breakpoint *b;
8565 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8567 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8569 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8570 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8571 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8572 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8574 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8575 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8577 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8578 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8580 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8582 return breakpoint_up (b);
8585 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8586 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8587 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8589 static struct breakpoint *
8590 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8592 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8595 struct breakpoint *copy;
8597 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8598 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8599 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8601 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8602 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8603 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8604 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8605 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8606 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8607 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8608 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8609 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8610 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8611 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8612 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8614 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8615 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8616 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8618 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8622 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8626 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8628 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8632 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8636 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8639 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8641 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8643 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8644 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8646 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8650 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8653 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8655 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8656 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8658 printf_filtered ("\n");
8662 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8664 static struct bp_location *
8665 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8666 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8668 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8669 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8670 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8672 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8673 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8675 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8676 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8677 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8678 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8679 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8680 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8681 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8684 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8685 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8686 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8687 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8692 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8693 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8694 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8695 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8696 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8697 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8698 loc->section = sal->section;
8699 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8700 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8701 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8702 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8704 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8705 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8707 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8708 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8709 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8710 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8711 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8712 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8713 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8714 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8715 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8716 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8717 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8718 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8720 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8727 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8730 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8734 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8735 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8738 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8740 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8744 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8746 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8747 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8748 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8749 scoped_restore restore_memory
8750 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8752 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8753 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8759 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8760 return 0 otherwise. */
8763 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8765 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8767 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8768 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8769 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8771 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8774 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8775 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8776 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8779 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8780 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8783 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8785 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8786 char *printf_line = NULL;
8791 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8793 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8795 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8797 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8799 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8800 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8802 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8803 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8804 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8806 if (!dprintf_function)
8807 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8809 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8810 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8815 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8819 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8821 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8822 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8825 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8826 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8830 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8831 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8833 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8834 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8836 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
8838 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8839 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8840 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8841 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8842 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8844 breakpoint_set_commands (b, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line));
8848 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8849 current style settings. */
8852 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8853 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8855 struct breakpoint *b;
8859 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8860 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8864 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8865 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8866 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8867 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8870 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8871 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8872 event_location_up &&location,
8873 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8874 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8875 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8876 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8877 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8878 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8879 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8880 int display_canonical)
8884 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8886 int target_resources_ok;
8888 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8889 target_resources_ok =
8890 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8892 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8893 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8894 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8895 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8898 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8900 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8902 struct bp_location *loc;
8906 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8908 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8910 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8911 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8914 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8916 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8920 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8921 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8922 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8923 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8924 b->disposition = disposition;
8926 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8927 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8929 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8931 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8932 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8934 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8936 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8937 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8939 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8943 p = skip_spaces (p);
8945 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8947 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8948 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8950 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8952 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8954 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8956 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8957 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8959 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8961 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8964 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8965 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8972 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8973 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8979 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8981 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8982 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8984 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8987 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8988 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8989 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8991 if (b->extra_string)
8992 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8994 error (_("Format string required"));
8996 else if (b->extra_string)
8997 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9000 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9001 if (location != NULL)
9002 b->location = std::move (location);
9004 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
9005 b->filter = filter.release ();
9009 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9010 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
9011 event_location_up &&location,
9012 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
9013 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
9014 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
9015 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9016 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9017 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9018 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9019 int display_canonical)
9021 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
9023 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
9024 sals, std::move (location),
9026 std::move (cond_string),
9027 std::move (extra_string),
9029 thread, task, ignore_count,
9031 enabled, internal, flags,
9034 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9037 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9038 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9039 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9040 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9041 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9042 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9043 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9044 we take just a single condition string.
9046 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9047 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9048 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9049 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9050 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9053 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9054 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9055 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
9056 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
9057 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9058 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9059 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9060 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9062 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9063 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
9065 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
9067 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9068 'break', without arguments. */
9069 event_location_up location
9070 = (canonical->location != NULL
9071 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
9072 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
9073 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
9075 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
9076 std::move (location),
9077 std::move (filter_string),
9078 std::move (cond_string),
9079 std::move (extra_string),
9081 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9082 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9083 canonical->special_display);
9087 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9088 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9089 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9090 linespec locations).
9092 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9093 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9096 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9097 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9099 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9101 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9103 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9107 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9108 breakpoint address. */
9109 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9111 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9112 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9113 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9114 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9115 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9116 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9117 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9119 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9121 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9122 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9123 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9124 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9125 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9127 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9129 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9131 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9133 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9137 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9141 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9142 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9143 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9144 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9146 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9147 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9148 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9149 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9151 const char *spec = NULL;
9153 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9154 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9158 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9161 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9162 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9163 get_last_displayed_line (),
9164 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9169 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9170 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9174 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9175 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9178 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9180 for (auto &sal : sals)
9181 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9184 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9185 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9186 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9187 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9188 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9192 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9193 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9197 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9199 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9201 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9203 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9204 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9205 associated with SAL. */
9208 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg);
9209 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9212 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9213 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9215 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9219 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9220 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9221 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9222 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9223 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9224 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9227 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9228 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9231 *cond_string = NULL;
9238 const char *end_tok;
9240 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9241 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9243 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9245 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9247 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9251 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9253 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9255 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9257 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9258 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9260 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9262 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9265 struct thread_info *thr;
9268 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9270 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9271 *thread = thr->global_num;
9274 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9279 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9281 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9282 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9283 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9288 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9292 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9296 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9298 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9299 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9301 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9302 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9306 p = skip_spaces (p);
9308 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9310 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9312 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9313 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9314 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9315 marker_str.c_str ());
9317 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9318 sals.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers));
9320 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers); i++)
9322 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9324 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9326 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9327 sal.pc = marker->address;
9328 sals.push_back (sal);
9330 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9337 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9340 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9341 const struct event_location *location,
9342 const char *cond_string,
9343 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9345 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9347 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9348 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9349 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9352 struct linespec_result canonical;
9353 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9356 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9358 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9360 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9361 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9362 extra_string = NULL;
9366 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9368 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9370 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9372 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9374 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9377 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9378 throw_exception (e);
9380 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9382 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9383 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9384 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9385 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9386 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9389 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9390 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9391 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9392 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9396 throw_exception (e);
9400 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9403 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9404 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9405 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9406 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9407 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9409 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9410 are ok for the target. */
9413 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9414 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9417 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9418 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9420 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9421 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9424 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9425 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9429 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9430 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9437 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9439 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9440 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9441 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9442 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9444 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9445 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9446 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9447 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9451 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9452 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9453 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9455 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9457 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9458 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9460 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9463 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9464 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9465 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9467 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9468 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9469 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9473 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9475 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9476 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9479 b->cond_string = NULL;
9482 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9483 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9487 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9488 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9489 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9490 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9491 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9492 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9493 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9494 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9495 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9497 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9500 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9502 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9503 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9504 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9507 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9509 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9511 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9512 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9517 /* Set a breakpoint.
9518 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9519 condition, and thread.
9520 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9521 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9525 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9527 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9528 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9529 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9531 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9533 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9535 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9536 if (location != NULL
9537 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9538 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9540 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9542 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9544 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9545 tempflag, type_wanted,
9546 0 /* Ignore count */,
9547 pending_break_support,
9555 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9558 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9562 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9564 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9565 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9566 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9569 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9570 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9571 if (sal->explicit_line)
9572 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9575 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9577 const struct blockvector *bv;
9578 const struct block *b;
9581 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9582 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9585 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9588 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9589 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9594 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9595 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9596 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9597 happen in assembly source). */
9599 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9600 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9602 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9604 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9611 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9613 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9617 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9619 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9623 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9625 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9629 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9631 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9635 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9637 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9638 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9639 stop at <line>\n"));
9643 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9647 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9649 else if (*arg != '*')
9651 const char *argptr = arg;
9654 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9655 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9656 function/method name. */
9657 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9659 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9664 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9666 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9670 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9672 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9676 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9680 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9684 const char *argptr = arg;
9687 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9688 it is probably a line number. */
9689 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9691 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9696 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9698 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9702 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9704 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9707 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9708 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9709 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9713 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9715 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9717 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9718 the next character must be ','. */
9721 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9722 error (_("Format string required"));
9725 /* Skip the comma. */
9730 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9732 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9734 0 /* Ignore count */,
9735 pending_break_support,
9736 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9744 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9746 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9749 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9750 ranged breakpoints. */
9753 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9754 const address_space *aspace,
9756 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9758 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9759 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9762 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9763 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9766 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9767 ranged breakpoints. */
9770 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9772 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9775 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9776 ranged breakpoints. */
9778 static enum print_stop_action
9779 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9781 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9782 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9783 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9785 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9787 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9788 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9790 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9792 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9794 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9795 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9797 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9798 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9800 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9801 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9802 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9804 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9807 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9810 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9811 ranged breakpoints. */
9814 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9815 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9817 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9818 struct value_print_options opts;
9819 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9821 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9822 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9824 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9826 if (opts.addressprint)
9827 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9828 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9829 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9831 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9835 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9836 ranged breakpoints. */
9839 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9840 struct ui_out *uiout)
9842 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9843 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9848 address_start = bl->address;
9849 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9851 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9852 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9853 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9854 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9855 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9859 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9860 ranged breakpoints. */
9863 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9865 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9866 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9869 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9871 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9874 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9875 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9876 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9879 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9880 ranged breakpoints. */
9883 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9886 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9887 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9888 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9891 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9893 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9895 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9896 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9897 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9898 last instruction of the given line. */
9901 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9905 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9906 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9907 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9914 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9916 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9918 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9925 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9928 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9930 const char *arg_start;
9931 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9932 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9934 struct breakpoint *b;
9936 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9937 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9938 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9940 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9941 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9942 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9945 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9947 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9948 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9949 error(_("No address range specified."));
9952 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9954 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9957 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9958 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9959 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9961 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9963 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9964 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9965 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9967 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9968 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9970 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9971 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9973 /* Parse the end location. */
9977 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9978 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9979 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9980 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9981 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9982 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9984 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9985 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9986 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9988 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9989 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9991 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9992 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9993 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9994 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9996 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9998 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9999 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10000 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10002 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10004 /* Length overflowed. */
10005 error (_("Address range too large."));
10006 else if (length == 1)
10008 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10009 the `hbreak' command. */
10010 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
10015 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10016 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10017 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10018 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10019 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10020 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10021 b->location = std::move (start_location);
10022 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
10023 b->loc->length = length;
10026 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10027 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10030 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10031 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10032 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10036 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10038 int i = exp->nelts;
10044 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10045 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10048 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10058 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10059 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10060 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10061 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10062 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10064 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10090 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10093 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10094 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10099 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10100 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10101 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10102 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10103 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10104 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10105 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10107 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10108 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10113 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10115 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10116 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10117 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10118 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10120 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10121 are always constant. */
10123 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10125 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10126 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10127 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10132 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10133 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10134 then it is not a constant. */
10143 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10145 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10147 xfree (this->exp_string);
10148 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10149 value_free (this->val);
10152 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10155 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10157 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10159 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10160 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10162 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10163 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10164 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10165 are loaded and unloaded.
10167 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10168 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10169 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10170 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10171 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10172 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10174 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10175 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10176 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10177 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10179 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10180 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10182 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10183 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10184 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10187 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10190 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10192 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10193 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10195 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10196 w->cond_exp.get ());
10199 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10202 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10204 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10205 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10207 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10208 w->cond_exp.get ());
10212 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10213 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10214 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10216 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10217 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10219 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10220 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10221 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10222 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10223 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10224 (did not match the data address). */
10225 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10226 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10233 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10235 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10237 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10240 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10241 hardware watchpoints. */
10244 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10246 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10247 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10249 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10252 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10253 hardware watchpoints. */
10256 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10258 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10259 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10262 static enum print_stop_action
10263 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10265 struct breakpoint *b;
10266 enum print_stop_action result;
10267 struct watchpoint *w;
10268 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10270 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10272 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10273 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10275 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10276 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10280 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10283 case bp_watchpoint:
10284 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10285 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10286 uiout->field_string
10287 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10289 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10290 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10291 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, &stb);
10292 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10293 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10294 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, &stb);
10295 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10296 uiout->text ("\n");
10297 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10298 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10301 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10302 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10303 uiout->field_string
10304 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10306 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10307 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10308 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, &stb);
10309 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10310 uiout->text ("\n");
10311 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10314 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10315 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10317 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10318 uiout->field_string
10320 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10322 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10323 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10324 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, &stb);
10325 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10326 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10331 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10332 uiout->field_string
10334 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10335 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10336 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10338 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, &stb);
10339 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10340 uiout->text ("\n");
10341 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10344 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10350 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10354 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10356 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10357 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10358 const char *tuple_name;
10362 case bp_watchpoint:
10363 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10364 tuple_name = "wpt";
10366 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10367 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10368 tuple_name = "wpt";
10370 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10371 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10372 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10374 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10375 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10376 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10379 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10380 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10383 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10384 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10385 uiout->text (": ");
10386 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10389 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10393 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10395 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10399 case bp_watchpoint:
10400 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10403 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10406 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10407 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10410 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10411 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10415 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10418 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10422 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10424 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10425 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10426 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10432 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10434 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10436 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10437 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10440 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10442 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10444 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10445 bl->watchpoint_type);
10448 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10449 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10452 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10454 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10456 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10457 bl->watchpoint_type);
10460 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10461 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10464 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10466 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10468 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10471 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10472 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10475 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10480 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10483 static enum print_stop_action
10484 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10486 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10489 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10490 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10492 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10493 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10497 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10498 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10499 uiout->field_string
10500 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10503 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10504 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10505 uiout->field_string
10506 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10509 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10510 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10511 uiout->field_string
10513 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10516 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10517 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10521 uiout->text (_("\n\
10522 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10523 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10524 uiout->text ("\n");
10526 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10527 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10530 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10531 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10534 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10535 struct ui_out *uiout)
10537 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10539 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10540 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10542 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10543 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10544 uiout->text ("\n");
10547 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10548 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10551 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10553 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10554 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10555 const char *tuple_name;
10559 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10560 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10561 tuple_name = "wpt";
10563 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10564 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10565 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10567 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10568 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10569 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10573 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10576 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10577 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10578 uiout->text (": ");
10579 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10582 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10583 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10586 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10593 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10596 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10599 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10603 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10604 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10607 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10608 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10609 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10612 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10614 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10616 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10619 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10621 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10624 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10625 hw_read: watch read,
10626 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10628 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10629 int just_location, int internal)
10631 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10632 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10633 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10634 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10635 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10636 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10637 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10639 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10640 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10641 enum bptype bp_type;
10644 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10645 the hardware watchpoint. */
10647 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10649 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10650 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10652 const char *value_start;
10654 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10656 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10657 of the arguments string. */
10658 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10660 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10661 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10664 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10665 This is the value of the parameter. */
10666 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10668 value_start = tok + 1;
10670 /* Skip whitespace. */
10671 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10676 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10677 This is the parameter itself. */
10678 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10681 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10683 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10685 struct thread_info *thr;
10686 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10687 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10688 only in a specific thread. */
10692 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10694 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10695 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10697 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10698 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10699 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10701 thread = thr->global_num;
10703 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10705 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10706 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10708 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10711 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10713 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10715 mark = value_mark ();
10716 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10717 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10718 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10721 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10724 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10725 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10732 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10733 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10735 innermost_block = NULL;
10736 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10737 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10738 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10740 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10741 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10743 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10746 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10747 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10751 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10752 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10754 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10757 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10758 mark = value_mark ();
10759 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
10761 if (val != NULL && just_location)
10763 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
10764 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
10771 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10772 val = value_addr (result);
10773 release_value (val);
10774 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10778 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10781 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10782 else if (ret == -2)
10783 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10786 else if (val != NULL)
10787 release_value (val);
10789 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10790 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10792 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10793 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10795 innermost_block = NULL;
10796 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10797 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10799 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10800 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10801 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10806 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10808 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10810 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10812 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10814 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10815 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10816 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10817 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10818 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10820 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10822 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10824 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10825 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10828 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10829 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10830 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10832 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10835 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10837 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10838 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10840 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10841 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10843 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10844 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10845 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10846 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10847 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10848 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10849 scope_breakpoint->type);
10853 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10854 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10855 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10856 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10858 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10859 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10860 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10861 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10863 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10865 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10868 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10869 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10871 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10872 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10873 w->thread = thread;
10874 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10875 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10876 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10877 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10878 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10881 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10882 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10884 w->exp_string_reparse
10885 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10887 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10888 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10891 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10895 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10900 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10901 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10906 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10908 w->cond_string = 0;
10910 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10912 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10913 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10917 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10918 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10921 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10923 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10924 need to act on them together. */
10925 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10926 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10929 if (!just_location)
10930 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10932 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10933 that should be inserted. */
10934 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10936 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10939 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10940 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10943 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10945 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10946 struct value *head = v;
10948 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10949 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10952 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10953 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10954 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10955 hardware watchpoint.
10957 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10958 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10959 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10960 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10961 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10962 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10963 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10964 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10965 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10967 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10968 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10969 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10970 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10971 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10973 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10975 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10976 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10977 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10978 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10979 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10980 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10984 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10985 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10986 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10988 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10989 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10990 middle of some value chain. */
10992 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10993 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10995 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10999 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11000 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11001 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11003 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11007 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11011 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11012 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11013 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11014 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11015 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11018 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11019 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11020 return found_memory_cnt;
11024 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11026 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11029 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11030 calls watch_command_1. */
11033 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11035 int just_location = 0;
11038 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11039 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11041 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11045 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11049 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11051 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11055 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11057 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11061 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11063 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11067 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11069 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11073 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11075 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11079 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11080 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11083 struct until_break_fsm
11085 /* The base class. */
11086 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11088 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11091 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11092 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11094 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11096 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11099 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11100 struct thread_info *thread);
11101 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11102 struct thread_info *thread);
11103 static enum async_reply_reason
11104 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11106 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11108 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11111 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11112 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11113 NULL, /* return_value */
11114 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11117 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11119 static struct until_break_fsm *
11120 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11121 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
11122 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
11124 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11126 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11127 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11129 sm->thread = thread;
11130 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint.release ();
11131 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint.release ();
11136 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11137 until(location)/advance commands. */
11140 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11141 struct thread_info *tp)
11143 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11145 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11146 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11147 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11148 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11149 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11150 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11155 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11156 until(location)/advance commands. */
11159 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11160 struct thread_info *thread)
11162 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11164 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11165 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11167 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11168 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11170 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11172 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11173 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11175 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11178 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11179 until(location)/advance commands. */
11181 static enum async_reply_reason
11182 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11184 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11188 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11190 struct frame_info *frame;
11191 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11192 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11193 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11194 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11196 struct thread_info *tp;
11197 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11199 clear_proceed_status (0);
11201 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11204 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11206 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11207 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11208 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11209 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11210 get_last_displayed_line ())
11211 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11212 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11214 if (sals.size () != 1)
11215 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11217 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11220 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11222 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11224 tp = inferior_thread ();
11225 thread = tp->global_num;
11227 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11229 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11230 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11231 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11234 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11235 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11236 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11237 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11239 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11242 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11243 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11245 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11246 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11248 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11249 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11250 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11251 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11256 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11257 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11260 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11263 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11265 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11266 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11267 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11268 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11270 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11271 only at the very same frame. */
11272 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11273 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11275 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11276 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11277 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11278 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11280 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11282 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11285 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11286 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11288 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11289 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11290 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11291 if clause in the arg string. */
11294 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11296 const char *cond_string;
11298 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11301 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11304 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11305 condition string. */
11306 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11307 cond_string = *arg;
11309 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11311 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11313 return cond_string;
11316 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11317 process start/exit, etc. */
11321 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11322 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11327 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11328 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11330 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11331 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11332 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11335 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11336 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11337 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11341 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11343 /* The allowed syntax is:
11345 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11347 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11348 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11350 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11351 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11353 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11354 and enable reporting of such events. */
11357 case catch_fork_temporary:
11358 case catch_fork_permanent:
11359 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11360 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11362 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11363 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11364 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11365 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11368 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11374 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11375 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11377 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11379 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11381 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11385 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11387 /* The allowed syntax is:
11389 catch exec if <cond>
11391 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11392 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11394 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11395 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11397 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11398 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11399 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11400 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11402 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11406 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11407 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11408 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11409 const char *addr_string,
11410 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11417 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11419 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11421 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11422 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11423 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11424 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11425 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11426 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11427 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11428 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11429 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11430 enough for now, though. */
11433 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11435 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11436 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11437 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11438 language_def (language_ada));
11439 b->language = language_ada;
11443 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11445 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11450 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11452 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11455 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11458 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11460 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11461 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11463 if (a->number < b->number)
11465 else if (a->number > b->number)
11468 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11472 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11475 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11478 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11480 struct breakpoint *b;
11484 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11485 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11486 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11490 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11491 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11492 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11494 sals = decoded_sals;
11498 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11499 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11500 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11501 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11502 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11503 error (_("No source file specified."));
11509 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11510 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11511 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11512 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11514 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11515 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11516 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11517 due to optimization, all in one block.
11519 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11520 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11521 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11522 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11523 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11524 to support that. */
11526 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11527 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11528 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11531 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11532 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11534 const char *sal_fullname;
11536 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11537 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11538 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11541 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11546 1 0 <can't happen> */
11548 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11549 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11551 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11555 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11556 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11558 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11559 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11561 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11562 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11563 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11565 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11566 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11567 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11568 || loc->section == sal.section));
11569 int line_match = 0;
11571 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11572 && loc->symtab != NULL
11573 && sal_fullname != NULL
11574 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11575 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11576 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11577 sal_fullname) == 0)
11580 if (pc_match || line_match)
11589 found.push_back (b);
11593 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11594 if (found.empty ())
11597 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11599 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11602 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11603 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11604 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11606 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) < 0;
11608 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11609 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11611 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) == 0;
11615 if (found.size () > 1)
11616 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11619 if (found.size () == 1)
11620 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11622 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11625 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11628 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11629 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11632 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11635 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11636 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11637 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11640 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11642 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11644 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11645 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11646 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11648 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11652 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11653 delete_breakpoint (b);
11657 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11658 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11659 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11660 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11661 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11662 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11665 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11667 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11668 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11670 if (a->address != b->address)
11671 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11673 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11674 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11677 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11678 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11679 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11681 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11682 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11683 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11685 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11686 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11687 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11689 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11690 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11691 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11693 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11696 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11697 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11698 content of the bp_locations array. */
11701 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11703 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11705 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11706 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11710 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11712 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11715 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11716 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11718 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11719 addr = bl->address - start;
11720 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11721 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11723 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11725 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11726 addr = end - bl->address;
11727 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11728 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11732 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11735 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11737 struct breakpoint *b;
11738 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11740 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11742 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11744 struct bp_location *bl;
11745 struct tracepoint *t;
11746 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11748 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11749 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11750 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11753 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11755 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11756 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11758 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11761 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11764 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11766 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11767 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11768 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11769 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11772 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11774 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11777 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11779 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11780 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11781 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11782 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11786 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11789 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11791 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11792 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11793 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11794 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11796 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11797 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11798 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11799 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11800 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11802 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11803 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11804 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11805 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11806 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11807 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11808 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11809 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11812 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11813 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11814 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11818 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11820 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11821 struct bp_location *loc;
11822 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11825 address = bl->address;
11826 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11836 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11837 the same program space as the location
11838 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11839 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11844 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11845 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11848 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11849 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11850 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11851 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11852 that have already been marked. */
11853 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11855 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11857 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11860 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11861 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11862 locations are duplicate of which.
11864 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11865 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11869 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11871 struct breakpoint *b;
11872 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11873 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11874 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11875 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11876 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11878 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11879 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11880 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11881 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11882 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11884 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11885 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11886 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11887 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11889 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11890 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11891 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11892 unsigned old_locations_count;
11893 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11895 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11896 bp_locations = NULL;
11897 bp_locations_count = 0;
11899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11900 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11901 bp_locations_count++;
11903 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11904 locp = bp_locations;
11905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11906 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11908 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11909 bp_locations_compare);
11911 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11913 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11914 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11915 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11916 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11917 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11920 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11921 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11923 locp = bp_locations;
11924 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11925 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11928 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11929 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11931 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11932 not, we have to free it. */
11933 int found_object = 0;
11934 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11935 int keep_in_target = 0;
11938 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11939 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11940 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11941 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11945 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11946 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11949 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11950 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11951 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11953 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11954 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11955 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11957 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11958 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11961 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11965 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11966 have to go through updates again. */
11967 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11969 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11971 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11973 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11974 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11975 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11976 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11977 at certain location is not inserted. */
11979 if (old_loc->inserted)
11981 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11984 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11986 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11987 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11988 keep_in_target = 1;
11992 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11993 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11994 remove its target-side condition. */
11996 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11997 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11998 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11999 this one from the target. */
12001 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12002 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12005 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
12006 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12009 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12011 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12013 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12014 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12015 supported, but the latter are. */
12016 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12018 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12019 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12022 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12023 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12025 if (loc2 != old_loc
12026 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12028 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12029 keep_in_target = 1;
12037 if (!keep_in_target)
12039 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
12041 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12042 this location on the global list, and try to
12043 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12044 reason why we will succeed next time.
12046 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12047 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12048 only after calling us. */
12049 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12050 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12051 old_loc->owner->number);
12059 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12060 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12062 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12063 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12064 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12065 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12066 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12067 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12068 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12069 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12070 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12071 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12072 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12073 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12074 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12075 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12078 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12079 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12081 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12082 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12083 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12084 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12085 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12086 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12087 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12088 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12089 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12090 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12091 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12092 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12093 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12096 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12097 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12098 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12099 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12101 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12102 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12103 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12104 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12105 traps we can no longer explain. */
12107 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12108 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12110 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12114 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12115 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12120 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12121 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12122 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12123 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12124 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12125 are sorted first for the same address.
12127 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12128 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12130 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12131 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12132 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12133 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12134 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12136 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12138 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12141 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12142 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12143 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12144 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12145 `struct bp_location'. */
12146 || is_tracepoint (b))
12148 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12149 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12153 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12154 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12155 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12156 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12157 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12158 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12160 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12162 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12163 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12164 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12166 *loc_first_p = loc;
12167 loc->duplicate = 0;
12169 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12171 loc->needs_update = 1;
12172 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12173 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12179 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12180 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12181 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12183 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12184 loc->duplicate = 1;
12186 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12187 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12190 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12192 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12193 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12196 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12197 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12198 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12199 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12200 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12202 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12206 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12207 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12211 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12213 struct bp_location *loc;
12216 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12217 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12219 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12220 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12226 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12231 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12233 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12239 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12242 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12246 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12247 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12249 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12250 bs->old_val = NULL;
12251 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12255 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12257 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12259 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12261 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12265 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12269 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12271 struct value_print_options opts;
12273 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12275 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12277 if (b->loc == NULL)
12279 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12280 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12281 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12282 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12284 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12285 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12287 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12289 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12290 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12295 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12296 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12302 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12304 printf_filtered (" at ");
12305 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12308 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12310 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12312 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12313 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12314 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12315 b->loc->line_number);
12317 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12318 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12319 real situation somewhat. */
12320 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12321 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12326 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12328 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12330 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12335 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12338 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12340 xfree (self->function_name);
12343 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12348 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12350 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12352 xfree (this->cond_string);
12353 xfree (this->extra_string);
12354 xfree (this->filter);
12357 static struct bp_location *
12358 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12360 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops, self);
12364 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12366 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12369 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12370 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12373 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12375 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12379 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12380 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12382 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12386 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12387 const address_space *aspace,
12389 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12391 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12395 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12400 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12404 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12406 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12409 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12413 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12415 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12418 static enum print_stop_action
12419 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12421 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12425 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12426 struct ui_out *uiout)
12432 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12434 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12438 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12440 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12444 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12445 (const struct event_location *location,
12446 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12447 enum bptype type_wanted)
12449 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12453 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12454 struct linespec_result *c,
12455 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12456 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12457 enum bptype type_wanted,
12458 enum bpdisp disposition,
12460 int task, int ignore_count,
12461 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12462 int from_tty, int enabled,
12463 int internal, unsigned flags)
12465 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12468 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12469 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12470 const struct event_location *location,
12471 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12473 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12476 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12479 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12484 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12487 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12489 /* Nothing to do. */
12492 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12494 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12495 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12496 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12497 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12498 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12499 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12500 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12501 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12502 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12504 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12505 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12506 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12507 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12508 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12509 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12510 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12511 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12514 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12517 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12519 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12520 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12522 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12523 delete_breakpoint (b);
12527 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12531 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12533 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12535 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12536 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12538 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12539 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12541 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12545 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12547 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12548 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12550 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12554 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12555 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12556 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12558 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12559 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12562 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12566 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12567 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12568 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12575 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12576 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12577 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12579 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12580 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12582 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12583 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12584 be set at the same address. */
12588 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12592 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12594 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12599 static enum print_stop_action
12600 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12602 struct breakpoint *b;
12603 const struct bp_location *bl;
12605 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12607 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12609 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12610 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12612 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12613 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12614 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12617 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12618 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12621 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12623 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12624 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12626 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12627 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12628 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12630 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12631 uiout->text (", ");
12633 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12637 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12639 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12644 case bp_breakpoint:
12645 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12646 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12647 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12649 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12650 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12651 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12652 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12654 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12655 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12658 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12666 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12668 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12669 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12670 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12672 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12673 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12675 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12678 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12679 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12682 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12684 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12685 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12686 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12687 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12689 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12693 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12694 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12695 enum bptype type_wanted)
12697 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12701 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12702 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12703 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12704 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12705 enum bptype type_wanted,
12706 enum bpdisp disposition,
12708 int task, int ignore_count,
12709 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12710 int from_tty, int enabled,
12711 int internal, unsigned flags)
12713 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12714 std::move (cond_string),
12715 std::move (extra_string),
12717 disposition, thread, task,
12718 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12719 enabled, internal, flags);
12722 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12723 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12724 const struct event_location *location,
12725 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12727 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12730 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12733 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12737 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12738 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12739 case bp_overlay_event:
12740 case bp_longjmp_master:
12741 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12742 case bp_exception_master:
12743 delete_breakpoint (b);
12746 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12747 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12748 case bp_shlib_event:
12750 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12751 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12752 case bp_thread_event:
12758 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12760 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12762 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12763 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12764 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12765 objects (among other things). */
12766 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12767 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12773 static enum print_stop_action
12774 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12776 struct breakpoint *b;
12778 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12782 case bp_shlib_event:
12783 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12784 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12785 to shlib event" message.) */
12786 print_solib_event (0);
12789 case bp_thread_event:
12790 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12791 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12792 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12795 case bp_overlay_event:
12796 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12797 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12800 case bp_longjmp_master:
12801 /* These should never be enabled. */
12802 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12805 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12806 /* These should never be enabled. */
12807 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12808 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12811 case bp_exception_master:
12812 /* These should never be enabled. */
12813 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12814 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12818 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12822 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12824 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12827 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12830 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12832 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12833 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12834 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12835 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12839 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12841 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12844 static enum print_stop_action
12845 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12847 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12851 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12853 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12856 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12858 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12859 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12861 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12863 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12866 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12869 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12872 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12874 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12878 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12880 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12887 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12888 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12890 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12891 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12893 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12897 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12898 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12899 enum bptype type_wanted)
12901 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12903 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12905 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12906 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12909 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12910 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12911 const struct event_location *location,
12912 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12914 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12916 error (_("probe not found"));
12920 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12923 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12925 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12929 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12930 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12931 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12933 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12939 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12940 struct ui_out *uiout)
12942 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12943 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12945 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12947 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12948 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12949 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12950 uiout->text ("\n");
12955 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12957 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12962 case bp_tracepoint:
12963 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12964 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12966 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12967 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12968 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12970 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12971 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12972 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12975 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12976 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12983 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12985 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12987 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12989 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12990 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12991 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12994 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12995 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12997 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12998 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12999 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13001 if (tp->pass_count)
13002 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13006 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13007 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13008 enum bptype type_wanted)
13010 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13014 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13015 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13016 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13017 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13018 enum bptype type_wanted,
13019 enum bpdisp disposition,
13021 int task, int ignore_count,
13022 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13023 int from_tty, int enabled,
13024 int internal, unsigned flags)
13026 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13027 std::move (cond_string),
13028 std::move (extra_string),
13030 disposition, thread, task,
13031 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13032 enabled, internal, flags);
13035 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13036 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13037 const struct event_location *location,
13038 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13040 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
13043 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13045 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13049 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13050 (const struct event_location *location,
13051 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13052 enum bptype type_wanted)
13054 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13055 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13058 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13059 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13060 const struct event_location *location,
13061 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13063 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13064 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13067 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13069 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13072 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13074 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13076 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13077 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13079 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13080 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13081 3 - disconnect from target 1
13082 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13084 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13085 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13086 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13087 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13088 it all the time. */
13089 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13090 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13093 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13096 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13098 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13099 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
13101 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13104 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13107 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13108 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13109 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13110 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13111 address are all handled. */
13114 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13116 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
13117 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13119 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13120 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13121 condition not be evaluated. */
13124 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13125 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13126 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13127 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13128 commands here throws. */
13129 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13130 bs->commands = NULL;
13132 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13134 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13135 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13139 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13143 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13144 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13145 enum bptype type_wanted)
13147 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13148 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13150 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13151 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13153 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13154 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
13155 canonical->location
13156 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
13159 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
13160 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
13164 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13165 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13166 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13167 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13168 enum bptype type_wanted,
13169 enum bpdisp disposition,
13171 int task, int ignore_count,
13172 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13173 int from_tty, int enabled,
13174 int internal, unsigned flags)
13176 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13178 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13179 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13180 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13181 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13182 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13183 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13185 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13187 event_location_up location
13188 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13190 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13191 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13192 std::move (location), NULL,
13193 std::move (cond_string),
13194 std::move (extra_string),
13195 type_wanted, disposition,
13196 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13197 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13198 canonical->special_display);
13199 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13200 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13201 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13202 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13203 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13204 corresponds to this one */
13205 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13207 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13211 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13212 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13213 const struct event_location *location,
13214 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13216 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13217 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13219 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13220 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13222 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13227 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13230 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13233 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13235 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13238 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13242 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13244 struct breakpoint *b;
13246 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13248 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13249 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13252 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13253 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13254 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13255 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13256 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13259 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13260 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13261 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13262 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13264 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13267 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13268 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13269 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13271 struct breakpoint *related;
13272 struct watchpoint *w;
13274 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13275 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13276 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13277 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13281 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13283 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13284 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13285 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13286 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13287 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13290 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13291 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13292 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13293 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13295 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13297 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13298 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13301 if (b->next == bpt)
13303 b->next = bpt->next;
13307 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13309 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13310 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13311 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13312 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13313 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13314 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13315 commands won't work. */
13317 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13319 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13320 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13321 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13322 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13323 might be better design to have location completely
13324 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13325 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13327 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13328 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13329 bpt->type = bp_none;
13333 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13334 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13337 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13338 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13340 struct breakpoint *related;
13345 struct breakpoint *next;
13347 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13348 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13350 if (next == related)
13352 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13353 function (related);
13355 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13356 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13361 function (related);
13365 while (related != b);
13369 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13371 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13377 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13379 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13380 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13381 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13383 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13385 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13389 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13391 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13394 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13395 delete_breakpoint (b);
13399 map_breakpoint_numbers
13400 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
13402 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
13406 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13407 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13411 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13413 struct bp_location *loc;
13415 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13416 if ((pspace == NULL
13417 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13418 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13419 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13424 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13425 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13426 Null names are ignored. */
13429 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13431 struct bp_location *l;
13432 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13433 (int (*) (const void *,
13434 const void *)) streq,
13435 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13437 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13440 const char *name = l->function_name;
13442 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13446 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13448 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13452 htab_delete (htab);
13458 htab_delete (htab);
13462 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13463 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13464 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13465 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13466 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13467 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13468 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13469 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13472 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13473 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13474 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13475 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13476 in the sources, and output a warning.
13478 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13479 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13480 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13481 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13482 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13485 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13486 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13487 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13488 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13489 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13490 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13491 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13492 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13493 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13495 static struct symtab_and_line
13496 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13498 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13499 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13504 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13506 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13508 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13509 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13511 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13513 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13514 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13515 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13520 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13522 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13524 && sal.symtab != NULL
13525 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13527 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13530 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13532 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13534 struct symbol *sym;
13535 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13536 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13537 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13539 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13541 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13542 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13544 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13545 "found at previous line number"),
13546 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13548 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13549 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13550 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13553 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13554 uiout->text (" at ");
13556 uiout->field_string ("file",
13557 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13560 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13562 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13564 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13567 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13568 uiout->text ("\n");
13570 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13571 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13573 b->location.reset (NULL);
13574 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13575 explicit_loc.source_filename
13576 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13577 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13578 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13579 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13581 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13584 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13590 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13591 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13594 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13598 if (a->address != b->address)
13601 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13604 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13611 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13617 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13618 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13619 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13621 static struct bp_location *
13622 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13624 struct bp_location head;
13625 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13626 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13627 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13629 if (pspace == NULL)
13640 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13655 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13656 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13657 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13658 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13662 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13663 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13664 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13665 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13668 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13670 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13672 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13674 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13675 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13676 "multiple locations found\n"),
13681 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13682 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13683 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13684 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13685 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13686 individual locations. */
13687 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13690 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13692 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13694 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13698 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13700 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13702 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13706 s = b->cond_string;
13709 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13710 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13713 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13715 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13716 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13717 b->number, e.message);
13718 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13723 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13725 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13727 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13731 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13734 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13735 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13736 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13737 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13738 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13739 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13740 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13742 for (; e; e = e->next)
13744 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13746 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13747 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13749 for (; l; l = l->next)
13750 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13758 for (; l; l = l->next)
13759 if (l->function_name
13760 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13770 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13771 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13774 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13775 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13777 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13778 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13779 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13781 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13783 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13785 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13789 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13791 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13793 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13797 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13798 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13799 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13800 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13801 state, then user already saw the message about that
13802 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13804 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13805 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13807 && search_pspace != NULL
13808 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13809 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13810 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13811 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13812 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13814 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13816 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13817 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13818 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13819 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13820 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13821 which approach is better. */
13822 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13823 throw_exception (e);
13828 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13830 for (auto &sal : sals)
13831 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13832 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13834 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13837 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13838 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13840 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13842 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13843 b->thread = thread;
13847 xfree (b->extra_string);
13848 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13850 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13853 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13854 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13864 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13865 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13869 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13871 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13872 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13875 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13876 filter_pspace, &found);
13878 expanded = std::move (sals);
13880 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13882 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13883 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13884 filter_pspace, &found);
13886 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13889 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13892 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13893 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13896 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13897 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13898 enum bptype type_wanted)
13900 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13903 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13904 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13908 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13909 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13910 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13911 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13912 enum bptype type_wanted,
13913 enum bpdisp disposition,
13915 int task, int ignore_count,
13916 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13917 int from_tty, int enabled,
13918 int internal, unsigned flags)
13920 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13921 std::move (cond_string),
13922 std::move (extra_string),
13923 type_wanted, disposition,
13924 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13925 enabled, internal, flags);
13928 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13929 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13931 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13932 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13933 const struct event_location *location,
13934 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13936 struct linespec_result canonical;
13938 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13939 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13940 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13943 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13944 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13946 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13948 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13949 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13954 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13957 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13959 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13960 set_language (b->language);
13962 b->ops->re_set (b);
13965 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13966 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13969 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13971 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13974 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13975 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13976 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13978 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13979 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13980 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13981 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13987 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13989 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13991 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13992 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13998 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14001 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14002 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14003 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14004 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14006 /* Now we can insert. */
14007 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14010 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14012 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14013 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14015 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14017 if (b->thread != -1)
14019 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14020 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14022 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14023 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14024 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14026 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14030 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14031 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14032 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14035 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14037 struct breakpoint *b;
14042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14043 if (b->number == bptnum)
14045 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14047 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14048 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14053 b->ignore_count = count;
14057 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14058 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14060 else if (count == 1)
14061 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14064 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14065 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14068 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14072 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14075 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14078 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14080 const char *p = args;
14084 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14086 num = get_number (&p);
14088 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14090 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14092 set_ignore_count (num,
14093 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14096 printf_filtered ("\n");
14100 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14101 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14104 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
14105 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14107 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
14109 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14110 bp_num_range.first);
14114 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14116 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
14118 bool match = false;
14120 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14121 if (b->number == i)
14128 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
14133 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14137 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14138 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14140 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14141 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14143 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14145 while (!parser.finished ())
14147 int num = parser.get_number ();
14148 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
14152 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14153 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14155 static struct bp_location *
14156 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
14158 struct breakpoint *b;
14160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14161 if (b->number == bp_num)
14166 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14167 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14170 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14173 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14174 if (++n == loc_num)
14177 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14180 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14181 enum class extract_bp_kind
14183 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14186 /* Extracting a location number. */
14190 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14191 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14192 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14193 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14194 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14197 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14198 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14200 const char *end = start;
14201 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14203 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14204 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14205 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14206 int (end - start), start);
14208 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14209 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14210 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14211 int (end - start), start);
14213 if (end_out != NULL)
14218 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14219 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14220 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14221 are always positive integers. */
14223 static std::pair<int, int>
14224 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14225 const std::string &arg,
14226 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14228 std::pair<int, int> range;
14229 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14230 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14231 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14233 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14234 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14235 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14236 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14237 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14241 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14242 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14243 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14244 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14246 if (range.first > range.second)
14247 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14248 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14249 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14250 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14254 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14255 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14256 range.second = range.first;
14261 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14262 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14265 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14267 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14268 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14269 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14270 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14271 location number range.
14275 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14276 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14277 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14279 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14281 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14283 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14285 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14286 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14289 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14290 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14292 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14297 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14299 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14300 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14301 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14305 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14306 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14309 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14311 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14314 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14316 loc->enabled = enable;
14317 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14319 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14320 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14321 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14322 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14324 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14327 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14328 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14329 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14330 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14334 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14335 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14338 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14339 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14342 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14343 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14344 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14347 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14349 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14350 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14351 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14352 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14355 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14357 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14358 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14360 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14361 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14363 struct bp_location *location;
14365 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14366 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14369 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14371 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14374 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14375 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14376 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14377 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14380 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14384 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14387 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14390 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14392 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14397 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14399 while (!num.empty ())
14401 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14403 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14405 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14406 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14408 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14409 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14411 ? enable_breakpoint
14412 : disable_breakpoint);
14416 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14418 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14419 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14421 num = extract_arg (&args);
14426 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14427 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14428 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14429 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14432 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14434 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14438 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14441 int target_resources_ok;
14443 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14446 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14447 target_resources_ok =
14448 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14450 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14451 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14452 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14453 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14456 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14458 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14459 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14463 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14465 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14466 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14467 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14469 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14471 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14472 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14479 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14481 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14482 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14484 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14485 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14487 struct bp_location *location;
14489 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14490 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14493 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14494 bpt->enable_count = count;
14495 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14497 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14502 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14504 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14507 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14508 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14509 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14510 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14513 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14515 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14519 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14521 map_breakpoint_numbers
14522 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14524 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14525 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14527 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14533 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14538 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14540 count = get_number (&args);
14542 map_breakpoint_numbers
14543 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14545 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14546 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14548 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14554 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14556 map_breakpoint_numbers
14557 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14559 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14560 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14562 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14568 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14573 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14577 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14578 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14582 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14583 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14584 const bfd_byte *data)
14586 struct breakpoint *bp;
14588 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14589 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14590 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14592 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14594 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14596 struct bp_location *loc;
14598 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14599 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14600 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14601 && addr + len > loc->address)
14603 value_free (wp->val);
14611 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14614 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14615 const address_space *aspace,
14618 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14619 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14620 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14622 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14624 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14625 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14628 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14630 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14631 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14632 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14634 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14637 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14640 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14642 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14643 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14645 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14647 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14649 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14650 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14652 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14653 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14661 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14664 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14665 const address_space *aspace,
14668 struct bp_location *loc;
14670 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14672 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14678 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14682 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14685 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14689 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14690 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14696 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14698 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14700 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14702 tracepoint_count = num;
14703 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14707 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14709 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14711 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14713 if (location != NULL
14714 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14715 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14717 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14719 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14721 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14723 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14724 0 /* Ignore count */,
14725 pending_break_support,
14729 0 /* internal */, 0);
14733 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14735 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14737 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14739 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14741 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14742 0 /* Ignore count */,
14743 pending_break_support,
14744 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14747 0 /* internal */, 0);
14750 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14753 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14755 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14756 event_location_up location;
14758 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14759 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14760 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14762 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14763 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14767 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14768 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14771 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14773 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14775 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14776 0 /* Ignore count */,
14777 pending_break_support,
14781 0 /* internal */, 0);
14784 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14785 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14787 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14788 static int next_cmd;
14791 read_uploaded_action (void)
14795 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14802 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14803 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14804 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14805 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14806 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14808 struct tracepoint *
14809 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14811 const char *addr_str;
14812 char small_buf[100];
14813 struct tracepoint *tp;
14815 if (utp->at_string)
14816 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14819 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14820 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14821 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14823 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14824 "source location, using raw address"),
14826 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14827 addr_str = small_buf;
14830 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14831 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14832 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14833 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14836 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14838 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14840 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
14841 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14843 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14844 0 /* Ignore count */,
14845 pending_break_support,
14846 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14848 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14850 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14853 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14854 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14855 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14859 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14862 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14865 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14866 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14867 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14869 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14871 command_line_up cmd_list;
14876 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14878 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14880 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14881 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14882 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14883 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14886 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14887 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14888 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14893 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14897 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14899 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14902 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14904 if (num_printed == 0)
14906 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14907 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14909 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14912 default_collect_info ();
14915 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14916 Not supported by all targets. */
14918 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14920 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14923 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14924 Not supported by all targets. */
14926 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14928 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14931 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14933 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14935 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14941 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14943 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14944 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14945 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14947 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14948 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14950 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14954 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14956 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14959 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14960 delete_breakpoint (b);
14964 map_breakpoint_numbers
14965 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14967 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
14971 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14974 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14976 tp->pass_count = count;
14977 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp);
14979 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14980 tp->number, count);
14983 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14985 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14986 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14987 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14990 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14992 struct tracepoint *t1;
14995 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14996 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14997 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14999 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15001 args = skip_spaces (args);
15002 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15004 struct breakpoint *b;
15006 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15008 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15010 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15012 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15013 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15016 else if (*args == '\0')
15018 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15020 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15024 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
15025 while (!parser.finished ())
15027 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
15029 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15034 struct tracepoint *
15035 get_tracepoint (int num)
15037 struct breakpoint *t;
15039 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15040 if (t->number == num)
15041 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15046 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15047 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15050 struct tracepoint *
15051 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15053 struct breakpoint *b;
15055 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15057 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15059 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15066 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15067 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15068 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15069 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15071 struct tracepoint *
15072 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
15073 number_or_range_parser *parser)
15075 struct breakpoint *t;
15077 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15079 if (parser != NULL)
15081 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
15082 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
15084 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15085 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15087 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15091 if (instring && *instring)
15092 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15095 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15099 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15100 if (t->number == tpnum)
15102 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15105 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15110 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15112 if (b->thread != -1)
15113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15118 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15121 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15122 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15123 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15127 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
15128 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15130 struct breakpoint *tp;
15132 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15134 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15135 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15137 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15140 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15141 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15144 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15145 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15150 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15152 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15154 /* We can stop searching. */
15161 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15165 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15169 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15170 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15171 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15173 if (extra_trace_bits)
15174 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15178 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15179 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15182 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15183 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15186 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15188 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15189 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15192 if (tp->cond_string)
15193 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15195 if (tp->ignore_count)
15196 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15198 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15200 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15202 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15205 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15207 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15209 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15210 throw_exception (ex);
15214 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15215 fp.puts (" end\n");
15218 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15219 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15221 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15222 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15223 special, and not user visible. */
15224 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15226 struct bp_location *loc;
15229 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15231 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15235 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15236 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15239 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15242 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15245 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15247 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15250 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15253 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15255 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15258 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15260 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15261 all_tracepoints (void)
15263 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15264 struct breakpoint *tp;
15266 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15268 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15275 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15276 locations used by several commands. */
15278 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15279 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15280 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15281 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15282 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15283 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15285 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15286 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15287 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15289 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15290 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15291 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15292 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15293 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15295 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15296 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15297 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15298 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15299 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15300 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15302 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15303 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15304 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15307 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15308 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15309 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15310 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15311 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15312 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15313 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15316 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15317 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15319 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15320 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15321 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15322 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15323 conditions are different.\n\
15325 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15327 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15328 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15330 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15331 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15334 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15335 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15336 completer_ftype *completer,
15337 void *user_data_catch,
15338 void *user_data_tcatch)
15340 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15342 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15344 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15345 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15346 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15348 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15350 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15351 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15352 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15356 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15358 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15359 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15360 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15363 struct breakpoint *
15364 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15367 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15371 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15378 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15379 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15382 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15384 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15385 non-inline function. */
15386 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15392 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15393 have been inlined. */
15396 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15397 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15399 struct breakpoint *b;
15400 struct bp_location *bl;
15402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15404 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15407 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15409 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15410 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15418 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15421 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15423 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15425 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15426 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15427 loc->symtab = NULL;
15431 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15433 static int initialized = 0;
15435 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15441 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15442 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15443 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15444 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15445 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15446 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15447 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15448 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15449 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15450 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15451 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15452 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15454 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15455 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15456 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15457 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15458 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15459 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15460 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15461 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15463 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15464 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15465 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15466 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15467 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15468 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15469 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15470 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15471 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15472 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15474 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15475 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15476 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15477 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15478 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15479 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15480 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15482 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15483 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15484 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15485 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15486 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15487 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15488 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15490 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15491 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15492 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15493 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15494 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15495 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15496 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15499 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15500 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15501 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15502 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15503 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15504 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15505 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15506 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15507 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15508 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15509 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15510 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15511 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15513 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15514 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15515 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15516 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15517 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15518 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15519 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15520 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15521 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15522 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15523 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15526 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15527 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15528 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15529 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15530 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15531 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15532 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15533 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15534 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15535 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15537 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15538 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15539 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15540 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15541 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15543 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15544 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15545 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15546 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15547 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15548 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15550 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15551 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15552 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15553 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15554 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15555 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15556 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15557 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15558 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15559 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15561 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15562 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15563 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15564 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15565 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15566 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15567 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15568 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15569 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15570 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15572 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15573 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15574 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15575 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15576 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15577 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15578 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15579 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15580 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15581 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15583 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15584 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15585 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15586 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15587 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15588 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15589 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15590 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15591 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15592 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15593 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15595 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15596 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15597 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15598 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15599 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15600 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15601 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15602 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15603 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15606 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15608 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15611 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15613 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15615 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15617 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15618 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15619 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15621 breakpoint_objfile_key
15622 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15624 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15625 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15626 before a breakpoint is set. */
15627 breakpoint_count = 0;
15629 tracepoint_count = 0;
15631 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15632 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15633 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15635 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15636 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15637 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15638 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15640 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15641 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15642 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15643 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15644 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15646 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15647 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15648 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15649 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15650 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15652 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15653 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15654 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15655 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15656 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15658 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15659 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15661 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15662 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15663 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15664 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15666 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15667 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15669 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15670 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15671 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15672 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15674 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15675 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15677 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15678 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15679 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15680 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15681 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15682 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15683 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15685 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15687 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15688 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15689 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15690 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15691 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15692 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15694 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15695 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15696 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15699 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15700 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15701 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15704 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15705 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15706 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15707 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15710 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15711 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15712 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15715 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15716 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15717 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15720 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15721 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15722 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15723 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15726 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15727 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15728 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15729 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15730 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15731 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15732 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15733 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15735 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15736 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15737 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15738 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15739 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15740 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15743 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15744 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15745 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15746 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15748 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15749 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15750 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15751 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15752 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15754 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15755 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15756 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15757 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15758 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15761 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15762 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15763 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15765 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15766 is executing in.\n"
15767 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15768 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15769 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15771 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15772 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15773 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15774 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15776 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15777 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15778 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15779 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15783 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15784 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15785 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15786 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15787 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15788 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15789 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15790 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15791 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15792 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15793 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15794 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15795 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15796 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15797 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15798 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15800 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15801 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15802 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15803 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15804 breakpoint set."));
15807 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15808 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15809 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15810 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15811 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15812 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15813 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15814 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15815 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15817 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15818 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15819 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15820 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15821 breakpoint set."));
15823 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15825 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15826 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15827 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15828 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15829 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15830 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15831 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15832 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15833 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15834 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15835 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15836 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15837 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15839 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15840 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15841 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15842 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15844 &maintenanceinfolist);
15846 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15847 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15848 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15849 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15851 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15852 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15853 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15854 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15856 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15857 catch_fork_command_1,
15859 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15860 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15861 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15862 catch_fork_command_1,
15864 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15865 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15866 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15867 catch_exec_command_1,
15871 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15872 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15873 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15874 catch_load_command_1,
15878 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15879 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15880 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15881 catch_unload_command_1,
15886 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15887 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15888 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15889 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15890 an expression changes.\n\
15891 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15892 the memory to which it refers."));
15893 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15895 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15896 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15897 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15898 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15899 an expression is read.\n\
15900 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15901 the memory to which it refers."));
15902 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15904 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15905 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15906 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15907 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15908 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15909 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15910 the memory to which it refers."));
15911 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15913 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15914 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15916 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15917 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15918 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15919 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15920 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15921 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15922 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15923 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15924 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15927 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15928 &setlist, &showlist);
15930 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15932 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15934 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15935 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15937 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15938 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15939 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15941 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15942 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15943 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15944 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15946 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15947 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15949 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15950 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15953 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15954 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15956 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15957 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15958 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15959 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15960 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15961 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15962 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15963 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15964 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15966 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15967 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15968 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15969 conditions are different.\n\
15971 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15972 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15973 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15975 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15976 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15977 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15978 last tracepoint set."));
15980 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15982 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15983 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15984 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15985 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15987 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15989 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15990 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15991 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15992 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15994 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15996 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15997 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15998 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15999 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16001 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16003 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16004 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16005 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16006 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16007 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16009 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16010 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16011 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16012 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16014 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16015 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16016 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16017 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16018 session to restore them."),
16020 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16022 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16023 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16024 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16026 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16028 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16029 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16031 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16032 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16033 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16034 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16035 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16036 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16037 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16038 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16039 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16040 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16041 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16042 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16044 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16045 &pending_break_support, _("\
16046 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16047 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16048 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16049 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16050 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16051 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16053 show_pending_break_support,
16054 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16055 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16057 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16059 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16060 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16061 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16062 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16063 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16064 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16065 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16067 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16068 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16069 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16071 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16072 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16073 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16074 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16075 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16076 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16077 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16078 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16079 when execution stops."),
16081 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16082 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16083 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16085 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16086 condition_evaluation_enums,
16087 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16088 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16089 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16090 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16091 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16092 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16093 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16094 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16095 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16096 be set to \"gdb\""),
16097 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16098 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16099 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16100 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16102 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16103 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16104 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16105 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16106 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16107 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16108 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16109 or the start of the range\n\
16110 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16111 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16112 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16114 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16115 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16116 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16118 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16119 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16120 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16121 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16122 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16123 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16125 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16126 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16127 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16128 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16129 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16130 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16131 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16132 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16133 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16134 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16135 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16136 &setlist, &showlist);
16138 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16139 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16140 &dprintf_function, _("\
16141 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16142 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16143 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16144 &setlist, &showlist);
16146 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16147 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16148 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16149 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16150 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16151 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16152 &setlist, &showlist);
16154 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16155 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16156 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16157 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16158 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16159 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16162 &setlist, &showlist);
16164 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16165 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16166 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16168 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16170 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16171 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);